Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Pollution & Treatment Controls / Inspecs Group PLC

Inspecs Group PLC

spec · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker spec
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Pollution & Treatment Controls
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Inspecs Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
GREAT EYEWEAR 
DESIGNED & MADE 
BY GREAT PEOPLE

A N N UA L  R EP O R T  & 

ACCOUNTS 2019

INSPECS produce eyewear for a global portfolio  
of fashion, sports and lifestyle brands and patented 
concept eyewear.

Our purpose is to provide the highest standard of 
innovative design, engineering expertise, sustainable 
manufacturing and distribution of both brand and 
proprietary eyewear products to consumers worldwide. 

A ‘one-stop shop’ solution to global eyewear retail chains, 
INSPECS is well positioned to take further market share in 
the globally-expanding eyewear market. 

www.inspecs.com

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2019

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW
Highlights  
Our Business at a Glance  
Why our Customers Choose us 

03
04
06

STRATEGIC REPORT
Chairman’s Statement 
10
Chief Executive’s Review 
12 
Our Business 
14
Our Manufacturing 
16
Our Business Model  
18
20
Focus on our Values: Creativity 
Focus on our Values: End-to-End Excellence  22
24 
Focus on our Values: Partnership 
26
Our People and Culture 
28
Corporate Responsibility 
32
172 Statement 
35
Key Performance Indicators  
36
Financial Review  
38
Risk Management  
39
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance 
Committee Reports  
Report of the Directors 
Independent Auditor’s Report  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Group Strategic Report  
Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of  
Other Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position 
Company Statement of  
Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity 
Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity 
Company Statement of Cash Flows  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements 
Appendix 1 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Company Information and Advisers  

46
48
62
68
71

80
81

82 

83

85

 86

 87
88
90

91
138

144

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

01

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CREATIVITY

Making true to brand eyewear is what we do.  
Retailers recommend us as ‘eyewear partner of choice’.

READ ABOUT OUR VALUES ON PAGE 20 & 21

END-TO-END  
EXCELLENCE

The first British eyewear company to become  
fully integrated from design to manufacture.

READ ABOUT OUR VALUES ON PAGE 22 & 23

PARTNERSHIP

Award-winning design, development and marketing.

READ ABOUT OUR VALUES ON PAGE 24 & 25

Prescription ready sunglasses and optical frames 
precision-manufactured by INSPECS

02

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

2019
2018

$71.38m

$69.33m

2019
2018

4.55m

3.80m

2019
2018

$61.25m

$57.30m

TOTAL ASSETS

FRAMES MANUFACTURED

GROUP REVENUE

$71.38m

2018: $69.33m

4.55m

2018: 3.80m

$61.25m

2018: $57.30m

GROUP REVENUE

UNDERLYING EBITDA 

FULLY DILUTED EPS

FRAMES MADE

+6.9% +9.4% +82% +19.7%

“As we embark on the next stage of our growth journey, our 
admission to AIM represents a landmark moment for INSPECS. 
It will enable the business to grow and develop, both organically 
and through accretive acquisitions, in order to capitalise on 
the significant market opportunity that exists in the globally 
expanding eyewear industry.”

Robin Totterman
Chief Executive Officer

“INSPECS are the first IPO on AIM this year raising over £90m.  
AIM has been set up as a market to support entrepreneurial, 
founder-led businesses like INSPECS,  and we really look  
forward to supporting their growth on market.”

Claire Dorrian 
Regional Head UK Primary Markets London Stock Exchange Group

2019
2018

$12.99m

$11.87m

UNDERLYING EBITDA

$12.99m

2018: $11.87m

2019
2018

$3.63m

$7.35m

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

$7.35m

2018: $3.63m

2019
2018

$8.90c

$16.38c

BASIC EPS

$16.38c

2018: $8.90c

2019
2018

$8.14c

$14.80c

DILUTED EPS

$14.80c

2018: $8.14c

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

03

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR BUSINESS AT A GLANCE

Award-winning INSPECS designs, manufactures and distributes eyewear to over  
80 countries around the world, supplying predominantly mid-price products across 
optical, sunglasses and safety. A one-stop-shop solution, we sell our eyewear directly 
to retailers, specialist distributors and to our brand partners.

KEY PRODUCT RANGES

PRESCRIPTION EYEWEAR
Precision produced under world 
famous brand names and private 
labels for some of the biggest  
optical retailers in the world.

SUNGLASSES
We’re in the business of looking 
good, supplying high quality 
sunglasses to our retailers and 
brand partners.

SAFETY EYEWEAR
A full PPE eyewear offer  
under the Caterpillar brand.

INSPECS CEO Robin Totterman and the 
design and technical teams work on new 
eyewear collections

04

We are well positioned to continue to take market  
share in the globally expanding eyewear market.

MARKET SIZE AND OPPORTUNITY

$131bn

VALUE OF THE GLOBAL  
EYEWEAR MARKET

KEY MILESTONES

1988

1988

THE YEAR INSPECS  
WAS FOUNDED

7.7bn

4.5bn

OF A GLOBAL POPULATION OF 7.7 BILLION PEOPLE, 
APPROXIMATELY 4.5 BILLION ARE LIKELY TO REQUIRE 
VISION CORRECTION AND FEWER THAN HALF USE 
CORRECTIVE EYEWEAR

80+

COUNTRIES AROUND  
THE WORLD BUY OUR  
EYEWEAR PRODUCTS

$61.25m

COMPANY REVENUE  
IN 2019

$12.99m

Underlying EBITDA VALUE  
IN 2019

FOR MORE INFORMATION
INSPECS.COM/INVESTORS

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

05

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WHY OUR CUSTOMERS CHOOSE US

GREAT EYEWEAR 
DESIGNED & MADE  
BY GREAT PEOPLE

CULTURE

Our ethos is to stay nimble and be good to deal with. 
INSPECS started with a commitment to produce accessible 
eyewear so that everyone can look and feel great in specs. 
Our aim is to be the choice eyewear partner for brands 
and retailers, making their lives easier and growing their 
businesses. The Group aims to think creatively, do things 
differently and be pioneering and visionary. Strong moral 
principles of integrity, honesty and openness, and doing the 
right thing guide our culture throughout the organisation. In 
2019 the Group held the Happiest Workplace Award awarded 
by WYLDE IA and Bristol MIND. 

TRANSPARENCY

INSPECS’ vertically-integrated business model – covering 
design, manufacturing and distribution – makes it one of only a 
few eyewear companies capable of offering a ‘one-stop shop’ 
solution to global retail chains. 

Owning manufacturing sites across Europe and Asia ensures 
that INSPECS has high levels of traceability through the 
supply chain and is able to maintain quality control to industry 
benchmark standards. The Group’s sites are subject to regular 
audits by its global retail customers and licensors.

“I’m General Manager at Neo Optical Factory  
located in Vietnam planning and overseeing 
production, increasing staff productivity, 
improving factory services, and looking after our 
relationships with staff, suppliers and customers. 

INSPECS has a dynamic, creative and talented team 
around the world. I like so much the entrepreneurial 
culture built by INSPECS – it is a world-class team 
guided by a spirit of innovation, creativity and 
cooperation. In my experience this company leads 
on product design and the production of high-
quality frames made by skilled workers.

With the strong support of the Neo/Torkai  
team and INSPECS, I was proud to increase  
Neo Factory’s performance by 30% in 2019 
compared to 2018.

The end of a good day for me is when we have 
collaborated well and the team is motivated  
and ready for tomorrow’s new challenges.”

Ha Bui General Manager, INSPECS Vietnam factory

Above: Sales team training day at Kelso Place, Bath. 
Below: Filming for the GREAT Festival of Innovation in Hong Kong. INSPECS 
was chosen by HSBC to represent the best in UK innovation companies.

06

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

EXPERTISE IN PROCESS

INSPECS’ distribution spans a global footprint via regional 
distributor partners, wholesale and retail channels including the 
optical market, luxury boutique and department stores, shop 
in shops, e-commerce and travel retail. Investing in digital B2B 
channels will allow us to improve the customer experience for 
our global clients.

4.5 billion people need vision correction and currently don’t 
have corrective eyewear. Every person on the planet needs eye 
protection from the sun. We are committed to exploring the 
use of new materials, techniques and production methods to 
minimise the impact of eyewear production on our planet.

Innovation is at the heart of our expertise. The Group’s 
Scandinavian-born CEO believes that everyone deserves 
access to good design – and this means finding new ways to 
bring stylish design at affordable prices.

INSPECS holds patents for many original and useful eyewear 
innovations. In-house prototyping and tool-making facilities 
allow the Group to deliver solutions for the future of  
eyewear, today.

“I just wanted to thank you for your partnership.  
We have gotten glowing reviews from the clubs – 
you had everything exactly how we asked! Your 
collections have been one of the easiest, by far,  
to receive in. I truly appreciate you all for helping 
make our club associates and our lives easier  
to better serve our members. 

THANK YOU!!!!!!” 

Kara Russow Optical Frame Merchant, Cat 88, Sam’s Club

DEDICATED 
CUSTOMER  
SUPPORT TEAM

•  CATEGORY MANAGEMENT

•  LOGISTICS/OPERATIONS  

UK, USA, HK

•  FOCUSED PRODUCT DESIGN AND 

DEVELOPMENT

•  QUALITY ASSURANCE

•  VISUAL MERCHANDISING 

SUPPORT

•  MARKETING

•  BRAND LIAISON

“INSPECS delivered one of the big mainstream 
brands into us very efficiently. No hiccups, no issues 
– everything we wanted; exactly like the big three 
Italian suppliers, they delivered it, spot on.”

Kerry Pullin Director of Global Product  
Development - Frames, Specsavers

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

07

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
08

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2019

STRATEGIC 
REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT
Chairman’s Statement 

Chief Executive’s Review 

Our Business 

Our Manufacturing 

Our Business Model  

Focus on our Values: Creativity 

Focus on our Values: End-to-End Excellence 

Focus on our Values: Partnership 

Our People and Culture 

Corporate Responsibility 

172 Statement 

Key Performance Indicators  

Financial Review  

Risk Management  

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

10

12 

14

16

18

20

22

24 

26

28

32

35

36

38

39

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

09
09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

During 2019 the Group continued to grow its  
operations around the world. 

THE LORD MACLAURIN 
OF KNEBWORTH

Chairman

OVERVIEW
During 2019 the Group continued to grow its operations 
around the world. The Group has continued to use its vertically 
integrated model and substantially increased its own internal 
manufacturing from 3.80 million frames to 4.55 million frames, 
an increase of 19.7%.

The Group has continued to seek new distribution and now 
operates in over 80 countries and has access to over 30,000 
optical outlets, cementing its position as a global eyewear 
group capable of delivering eyewear solutions to global chains.

“The heart of any company is  
the people that work in it. 

Our Company has amazing 
people. They are the 
heartbeat of this Company, 
and we’re well set up now 
with a strong founder-led 
Board and an excellent 
management team to face all 
the challenges that now lie 
ahead of us as a plc.”

The Lord MacLaurin of Knebworth 
Chairman

INSPECS IPO day, 27 February 2020 

Left to Right: Richard Peck, Chris Kay, Lord MacLaurin,  
Robin Totterman, Christopher Hancock.

10

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

DIVIDEND
Due to the economic landscape the 
Group will not be recommending a 
dividend at this time but will keep this 
under review.

OUTLOOK
I would like to welcome all new 
shareholders to the Group. Having 
completed the major acquisition of its 
manufacturing facilities on the 9 February 
2017, in just over three years the Group 
has now successfully been admitted to 
the AIM market. It is unfortunate that the 
current economic landscape has been 
disrupted by COVID-19 and the Group 
has taken strenuous efforts to ensure the 
safety of all its employees and facilities 
as a priority. The pace at which the 
executive team has delivered over the 
last two years will, I am sure, continue 
once the uncertain business environment 
becomes clearer.

The Lord MacLaurin of Knebworth
Chairman
12 May 2020

RESULTS
The Group achieved a pleasing result in 
FY19 with a revenue increase of 6.9% to 
$61.25m from $57.30m in 2018. Strong 
control of costs meant that operating 
margins improved with underlying 
EBITDA increasing by $1.12m to $12.99m, 
an increase of 9.4%.

STRATEGY
The growth strategy remains the same 
with continued integration of production 
and utilising the technical expertise of its 
manufacturing sites to offer a one-stop 
solution on both branded and OEM 
eyewear products to the global chains. 
The Group will continue to search for 
strategic acquisitions and partnerships  
at the appropriate time.

PEOPLE
The heart of any company is the people 
that work in it. I’ve been a Director of 
many companies and I’ve always spent 
time with the staff. Our Company has 
amazing people. They are the heartbeat 
of this Company, and we’re well set up 
now with a strong founder-led Board and 
an excellent management team to face 
all the challenges that now lie ahead of 
us as a plc. I am particularly impressed 
with the way that all employees across 
the globe in multiple time zones and 
many different languages and cultures 
are united in their daily efforts to improve 
the Group and move it forward.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

The Group has continued to gain strength, meaning we  
are well-positioned for growth in most of our markets.

ROBIN TOTTERMAN

Founder and Chief Executive Officer

This has been a year of significant progress for the Group. Revenue 
grew by 6.9% from $57.30m to $61.25m and the underlying EBITDA 
grew by 9.4% from $11.87m to $12.99m. We further refined our business 
model and all channels achieved growth, whilst a focus on cost 
efficiency resulted in an improved EBITDA margin.

I would like to thank the whole team for their enthusiasm and tireless 
commitment, without which these results would not have been possible.

On the 27th February 2020 the Group was admitted to the AIM 
market and I am delighted to welcome all new shareholders to the 
Group. Clearly at the date of this report the eyewear industry is facing 
economic challenges as a result of COVID-19. However, with the 
successful launch on AIM, the Group is well positioned to look for 
future growth opportunities as they arise and has a strong balance 
sheet to weather the economic turbulence. 

“I would like to thank the whole 
team for their enthusiasm and 
tireless commitment, without 
which these results would not 
have been possible.”

Robin Totterman
Founder and Chief Executive Officer

12

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

SALES CHANNEL REVIEW
Our vertically integrated model 
continues to work well: each channel 
supports the others.

The Group continues to expand its 
presence in the optical market and new 
customers are drawn to our one-stop 
vertically integrated model that allows us 
to supply both branded and OEM optical 
products to global chains. The continued 
expansion of Vietnam allows further 
products to be supplied tariff-free into 
the Americas and diversify risk for many 
global chains as part of their ongoing 
supply chain review. Whilst the Group 
is not the biggest in the industry, we 
are now positioned to offer a complete 
diverse eyewear solution to global chains.

MANUFACTURING INVESTMENT
The Group has continued to invest in its 
manufacturing capabilities. Our factory in 
Vietnam has been expanded from 4,300 
square metres to 8,800 square metres 
enabling capacity to grow from 3.2 
million frames produced in 2019 to circa 
7 million frames in the future. Despite 
some delays caused by COVID-19 the 
expansion is nearing completion and 
production should start around the end 
of Q2 of 2020. The local workforce is 
highly motivated by this expansion and 
the investment in new machinery.

We continue to invest in automated 
machinery in China to keep the employee 
numbers at around the same level but 
expand capacity. The demand for high 
quality titanium frames continues. 

The Chinese factory is also the source 
of technical expertise with over 20 years 
of manufacturing knowledge that has 
allowed the Group to develop in Vietnam 
and I am grateful for the technical skills 
that they bring to the Group as whole.

The Group has started to produce frames 
in its new Cadore factory in Italy which 
will form part of the Group’s high-end 
market offering. 

Acquisitions

The Group continues to actively engage 
in potential expansion via acquisitions. 
However due to the current economic 
situation as a result of COVID-19 the 
timing of potential acquisitions may 
be delayed until the market picture 
becomes clearer.

Appointments

I am pleased to report that we have 
hired several exceptional individuals to 
the Company. As a NED, Richard Peck, 
formerly Managing Director of Luxottica 
retail, brings us an insight from the 
largest player in the industry and over 30 
years optical retail expertise. 

Steve Tulba, formerly MD of Mondottica 
and a Board member of the Vision 
Council of America, joins as our Chief 
Commercial Officer and Martin Bates 
joins us from Luxottica via Marcolin as 
our Sales Director.  

We are delighted to welcome Angela 
Farrugia, founder of The Licensing 
Company, subsequently acquired by 
the Li & Fung conglomerate, who joins 
the Board as a NED. Her expertise of 
marketing and brand licensing will be 
invaluable.

Current outlook
In light of the current situation, we have 
decided not to pay a dividend until 
the full effects of the pandemic on the 
business are known.

The Executive Directors have taken a 
60% cut to their salaries, and we have 
implemented a four-day week with a 
20% cut in salaries across UK and USA 
locations until further notice.

Our factories in China and Vietnam are 
almost back to full production capacity, 
although most of our customers have 
been forced to close during the lockdown.  
Opticians were among the first to be 
closed due to the close proximity to their 
customers.  Shipping to key accounts 
is proving to be a challenge, as their 
distribution centres are currently closed.

Although our factories are continuing 
to produce existing orders received in 
the early part of the year, the continued 
lack of sales by our locked-down retail 
customers means that stock levels 
remain static, and requests for delays 
in delivering stock are more frequent.  

Where we can ship stock by sea, we do 
so, as it saves cost and adds four weeks 
to the lead time which will help phase 
in the new collections at an appropriate 
time for the market.

We expect a very active Q4 and possibly 
Q3 when the effects of the virus on the 
industry will be clearer.  People will still 
need vision correction, and the likelihood 
is that there will be greater demand 
from more value-driven retailers, which 
encompasses our main key accounts. 

Our design teams in the UK, Portugal and 
HK continue to produce new designs, 
which are being prototyped in time for 
the recovery.  Many companies in our 
sector are simply delaying the seasons, 
but we have taken the decision to power 
though with new collections appropriate 
to the seasons to come including several 
value house brands.

We have managed to engage with a 
number of large new customers, who are 
planning to utilise our Vietnam factory 
for their 2021 collections.  If this comes 
to fruition, we should see continued 
expansion of the Group in the future 
once the macro economic situation has 
returned to previous levels. This would 
mean that we would be well on track to 
double production in Vietnam, as well as 
increasing specialist titanium production 
in our Chinese facility.

Our focus has always been on being 
good to deal with, and remaining 
flexible, and during the early part of 
2020 we have focused on supporting our 
clients and supply chain. It is our normal 
mode to constantly consider our costs, 
and we have further cut expenses where 
it is sensible to do so, to preserve cash 
and galvanise our resilience during a 
difficult time for the industry and wider 
economy. It is my belief that companies 
who stick to their core values and really 
live them throughout this crisis will 
emerge leaner, more efficient, and well-
trusted by their customers.

Robin Totterman
Chief Executive Officer 
12 May 2020

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR BUSINESS

A GLOBAL PRESENCE

GLOBAL DISTRIBUTION 

INSPECS has a global distribution 
network reaching over 80 countries and 
approximately 30,000 global points of 
sale. The Group’s customers include 
global optical retailers (including 
Specsavers, National Vision and  
Grand Vision), global non-optical 
retailers (including TK Maxx, Costco, 
Superdry retail outlets), independent 
opticians, web-based retailers (including 
GlassesUSA.com), as well as global 
distributors of eyewear (including Bode 
and Vistan Brillen).

OUR GLOBAL OFFICES

Left: INSPECS Group, Lisbon, Portugal 
Centre: INSPECS Group Neo Factory, Vietnam 
Right: INSPECS Group Neo Factory, Vietnam

80+

COUNTRIES OF  
DISTRIBUTION

4

MANUFACTURING
SITES

1200

GLOBAL  
WORKFORCE

30k

GLOBAL POINTS 
OF SALE

1414

The Group has four manufacturing sites in Vietnam, China, London and Italy,  
and a global workforce of around 1200 staff.

GEOGRAPHIC FOOTPRINT

Scandinavia Stockholm
Sales

London Algha Works
Production

Bath Global HQ
Production
Design, operations,  
logistics, sales  
& finance

Italy Kudos
Production

Florida USA Office
Logistics, sales & distribution

Lisbon
Design & customer 
service

Zhongshan China
Production & engineering

Shenzhen China
Quality control

Wenzhou Zouyou,  
China
Production

Hong Kong
Logistics & design

Macau China
Administration & sales

Vietnam
Production

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR MANUFACTURING

PIONEERING, GLOBAL  
AND RESPONSIBLE

INSPECS manufacturing arm is a pioneer of the eyewear industry with 
40 years’ experience in OEM, design and technological products for the 
largest optical retailers, brands and distributors in the world.

ADVANCED ENGINEERING

WE OWN THE SUPPLY CHAIN

•  Full traceability

• 

Industry-leading frame 
manufacture and innovation  
at highly competitive prices

•  1000+ staff in Asia

•  Proven track record in  
opening factories

•  Proven track record in  

supplying the major global 
optical retailers

• 

In-house plating facility

• 

In-house product QA and 
testing facility to industry 
benchmark standards

50+

ENGINEERS AND  
TECHNICIANS 

4

FACTORIES IN 
VIETNAM, CHINA, 
UK AND ITALY

A team of 50+ engineers and technicians 
from multi-national backgrounds are 
dedicated to being first to market with 
new innovations. In-house prototyping 
and tool-making facilities help them 
deliver solutions for the future of eyewear.

TRACK RECORD

Two well-established factories in 
China and Vietnam are managed by an 
international team with a workforce of 
over 1000. In China, the Group’s state-
of-the-art factory produces high-end 
frames using premium materials and 
innovative patented techniques. In-
house plating and colouring facilities 
as well as industry-accredited testing 
ensure 100% traceability and confidence. 
In Vietnam, a new production plant 
provides a value-for-money alternative 
to Chinese manufacture and benefits 
from a much shorter New Year closure 
and reduced import duties compared 
to the Chinese manufacturing model. 
Luxury manufacturing in London, UK and 
Cadore, Italy completes the offer.

Manufacturing in our Torkai Optical Factory  
in China

16

MANUFACTURING CASE STUDY 

DEVELOPMENT IN ASIA  
INSPECS VIETNAM PLANT

INSPECS are currently building a new phase of the Vietnam plant taking  
the current 4300m2 area to 8800m2 by adding three further floors plus a basement  
for parking. It will:

•  Take capacity from 3.2m frames p.a. to circa 7m (end 2020) 

•  Grow our staff from the current 500 to an 800+ strong team

• 

• 

Increase injection capacity

Increase metal and titanium capacity

•  Reduce our carbon footprint (solar energy forms part of the  

development plan from 2021)

+60% 

GROW OUR STAFF FROM 
THE CURRENT 500 TO  
A 800+ STRONG TEAM

3M

7M

+133% 

TAKE CAPACITY  
FROM 3M+ FRAMES P.A.  
TO 7M

INSPECS VIETNAM EXPANSION

Interior (top) and exterior (bottom) of new 
production facility in Vietnam.  

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

1717

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PAGE TITLE
OUR BUSINESS MODEL

GROWTH AND RE-INVESTMENT 
TO BENEFIT INVESTORS,  
CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS  
AND STAFF

WE BELIEVE THAT OUR GROWTH AND  
RE-INVESTMENT CAN BENEFIT ALL OF 
INSPECS’ STAKEHOLDERS – INVESTORS, 
CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS AND STAFF.

The Group’s focus is on delivering a seamless service 

to all partners from artisanal design and on-brand 

experience, to transparency and traceability in 

manufacture and onwards into excellence in supply 

and distribution. 

WE RE-INVEST

We continuously re-invest in 

our plants, machinery and, 

above all, people.

WE DELIVER

• Customer satisfaction

• Employee engagement

• Traceable, ethical supply

• Shareholder value

WE DISTRIBUTE

Our distribution centres are in Asia, the UK  

and the USA. The majority of our products are 

packaged there and distributed around the globe. 

Owning the supply chain improves responsiveness 

and enables high levels of product availability.

18
18

EVERYTHING WE DO IS GUIDED  

BY THE THREE BASIC VALUES THAT  

WE STARTED WITH AND WILL  

ALWAYS RETAIN 

CREATIVITY

 READ OUR STORY ON PAGE 20 TO 21

END-TO-END  

EXCELLENCE

 READ OUR STORY ON PAGE 22 TO 23

PARTNERSHIP

 READ OUR STORY ON PAGE 24 TO 25

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

WE LICENSE

We identify brands and technologies with big potential to 

extend into the optical and wider sunglasses market. 

Licensing contracts and patents secure our right to produce 

exclusively, either globally or on a region-specific basis

EVERYTHING WE DO IS GUIDED  
BY THE THREE BASIC VALUES THAT  
WE STARTED WITH AND WILL  
ALWAYS RETAIN 

CREATIVITY

 READ OUR STORY ON PAGE 20 TO 21

END-TO-END  
EXCELLENCE

 READ OUR STORY ON PAGE 22 TO 23

PARTNERSHIP

 READ OUR STORY ON PAGE 24 TO 25

WE DESIGN

All of our products are developed and designed 

in-house and are exclusive to the brand.  

With the goal of being the true sector specialist, 

we have created a broad product range.

WE MANUFACTURE

We own factories in China, 

Vietnam, UK and Italy. Each 

factory specialises in different 

manufacturing methods and 

materials producing a range of 

products from mid to high end. 

Our extensive knowledge of 

manufacturing techniques 

enables us to continuously 

improve our offering to our key 

customers around the world.

WE SELL

We reach our customers through an omni-channel model. 

Our focus is on great service to ensure 100% satisfaction.

DIGITAL 
CHANNELS

RETAIL & 
DISTRIBUTOR

BRAND 
PARTNERS

TRAVEL 
RETAIL

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

19
19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOCUS ON OUR VALUES
PAGE TITLE

CREATIVITY

Doing things differently is in our DNA. Robin Totterman founded the business 
in 1988 following the deregulation of the optical market in the UK. His native 
Scandinavia provided a model and inspiration for good design and optical 
retailing absent from the UK at that time.

INSPECS has cultivated a world-class and award 
winning creative team bringing projects to life 
from the drawing board to the retailer. Our three 
global creative and innovation hubs in Bath, Lisbon 
and Hong Kong carefully curate the look and feel 
of our projects from technical eyewear design to 
packaging, from new innovations to marketing 
communications and store fit-outs.

Innovation is at the heart of our expertise. INSPECS 
holds patents for many original and useful 
innovations. In-house prototyping and tool-making 
facilities help us deliver solutions for the future of 
eyewear, today.

20
20

CREATIVITY

1988

FOUNDED FOLLOWING 
THE DEREGULATION  
OF THE OPTICAL  
MARKET IN THE UK

3

GLOBAL CREATIVE  
AND INNOVATION  
HUBS ACROSS  
THE WORLD

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INNOVATION CASE STUDY

CLEAR THINKING  
BEST IN CLASS

Simply the best in its class – virtually unbreakable, as invisible  
as it gets and faster to fit and assemble. 

A new patented concept in rimless eyewear that removes the need for 
screws that tend to work loose over time. This unique patented system 
bonds the frame parts to the lens using a special patented technique – 
saving time in the glazing lab, reducing returns and eliminating the  
need for fiddly components.

“Before I joined the Company I worked as a Product Designer in 
Paris and then in the USA on American brands. I now take care 
of the INSPECS OEM collections heading up the design team in 
Lisbon and working with our top factories in China and Vietnam. 
I also have the opportunity to work on INSPECS global brands in 
collaboration with great people in UK and Hong Kong, and that 
is super cool!

A big part of my role is to use my knowledge of technical and 
industrial eyewear production to bring new ideas to market, 
working with the factories in China. Recently I had the chance to 
work on new some patented adjustable wood techniques, and I 
knew that would become a signature idea for some of our 
branded collections as well as OEM.

But the best thing about working here at the end of the day  
is to be able to do what you like with nice people, and this is  
what I found working with INSPECS.”

Herve Jacquier Head of Design, OEM products 

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOCUS ON OUR VALUES

END-TO-END
EXCELLENCE

We focus on ensuring that we deliver a seamless service to all partners. 

Every step of the way from the initial range selection 
and bespoke design process, through sampling, 
testing and delivery, Account Managers are on 
hand to help every project run efficiently. Our 
highly experienced Account Managers understand 
the eyewear production process and guide our 

customers to the best solutions. Customer-centric 
and design-oriented, we offer a 360-degree service 
to our partners including an innovative supply chain 
offer, and a dedicated design service for own-brand 
requirements.

“My role is to serve our customers, be it a small independent 
optician or the larger optical chains that keep us busy with 
high-volume weekly orders.

From the UK through to our European distributors, to the 
far-flung corners of the world – our aim is simple: to get the 
goods out as quickly and efficiently as we can, with most UK 
dispatches being delivered the next day. I’m proud to be  
part of a team of people who thrive when goals  
are constantly changing.

When things get busy we ensure that from a single frame 
pick to a complex packing spec, at the end of the day the 
benches are clear, and the orders are done. INSPECS will 
always have that underlying element that some  
don’t see – it’s a great place to work.”

Steve Adams Distribution Centre Manager

22

END-TO-END
EXCELLENCE EXCELLENCE CASE STUDY

AWARD-WINNING  
DELIVERING GROWTH

360°

SERVICE TO  
OUR PARTNERS –  
INNOVATIVE SUPPLY 
CHAIN OFFER,  
AND DEDICATED  
DESIGN SERVICE

2020

ISO 9001

WE WERE AWARDED THE  
QUEEN’S AWARD FOR INDUSTRY 
FOR THE SECOND TIME

IN 2018 WE WERE AWARDED THE 
ISO ACCREDITATION FOR QUALITY 
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

2019

12

WE RECEIVED ‘THE SUNDAY TIMES 
PROFIT TRACK 100 ONE’S TO 
WATCH WINNER’ AWARD

INDUSTRY AWARDS FOR OUR  
LICENSING, BUSINESS, CULTURE 
AND MANUFACTURING QUALITY

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOCUS ON OUR VALUES

PARTNERSHIP

Working in close collaboration with customers, suppliers and brands,  
INSPECS is often recommended as ‘brand partner of choice’ by the  
major optical retailers. 

INSPECS HAS A TRACK RECORD IN  
GROWING LICENSED BRANDS 
INSPECS designed and produced its first licensed 
brands for French Connection/FCUK  
and Nicole Farhi, and today approximately  
45% of the Group’s turnover comes from  
branded eyewear. 

Eyewear is a natural extension for many brands, 
but specialist technical expertise and production 
capabilities are essential to bring the product  
to life.

INSPECS produces eyewear under licence for many 
leading fashion brands. Each brand project is 
managed with a customised approach, identifying 
its DNA and delivering true-to-brand products 
that our brands are proud to stock within their own 
retail estate. 

Guardianship of the brand runs throughout all 
our work, from design to commercial, every team 
exists to achieve a cohesive brand presence and 
integration across product lines and point of sale. 

INSPECS also partners with retail clients to create 
house eyewear brands, with 55% of the Group’s 
revenue coming from OEM projects.

24

PARTNERSHIP

45%

OF THE GROUP’S  
REVENUE COMES  
FROM BRANDED  
EYEWEAR.

55%

OF THE GROUP’S  
REVENUE  
COMES FROM  
OEM PROJECTS.

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

25

PARTNERSHIP CASE STUDY  

HYPE. EYEWEAR  
BRAND LAUNCH 

•  From concept to retail working with 800+ Specsavers  

stores UK wide

• 

• 

• 

INSPECS identified a new, credible unisex youth brand in HYPE. 

INSPECS secured the opportunity with a long-term licensing 
contract tailored to a multiple retail channel

INSPECS orchestrated a successful launch plan between brand 
and retailer that:

– Boosted reach of Specsavers’ posts to 2.6m followers via  
  a HYPE. influencer programme

– Delivered an authentic on-brand party experience

– Delivered a high quality set of assets including a photo and  
  video campaign

– Saw sales consistently over forecast in the launch year

– Brought on-going consumer marketing including a HYPE. 
  discount voucher programme

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR PEOPLE AND CULTURE

A WORLD-CLASS TEAM

“The people who work for the Group love that it is a vibrant, 
happening place to be. I’m immensely proud of what my team 
has achieved so far.”
Robin Totterman Chief Executive Officer

INSPECS has cultivated a world-class team.  
Across the business it is our aim to exceed 
expectations, bringing passion and thoroughness 
to everything we do. 

A strong Board heads up the Group with extensive 
industry and plc experience. Both the CEO and 
CFO have been involved with the business for over 
30 years, whilst the Board members have significant 
public company, private company and industry 
experience. 

In addition, INSPECS has an experienced and 
proven operational management team, with 
previous experience at some of the largest global 
eyewear companies. 

Our award-winning in-house design and development 
teams in Bath, Lisbon and Hong Kong carefully 
curate the projects from technical eyewear design 
to packaging, from new innovations to marketing 
communications and store fit-outs. Experience 
from diverse disciplines in manufacturing, fashion, 
licensing, business and retail combine with our 
leadership team’s passion and commitment to fuel  
the Group’s strong growth. 

But design and manufacturing are just part of the 
Group’s 360 degree approach to service. Highly 
experienced Account Managers understand the 
eyewear production process and guide our customers 
to the best solutions. Our Operations and Logistics 
functions are regularly called out for industry 
excellence by the biggest retailers in the world.

UNIQUE AND KIND 
PART OF A FAMILY

“The best thing about working for INSPECS is feeling like part of a 
family. Everyone is unique and kind and contributes something 
different. Following a good design meeting everyone’s ideas flow 
nicely and you feel inspired at the end.

You can really make the job your own at this company, and your 
opinion feels valued. It’s also really exciting to work on such different 
brands and projects - no two days are the same!”

Laura Fullen Senior Product Developer 

26

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

WE ACT RESPONSIBLY

The Board has a fiduciary responsibility to our shareholders to maximise the 
probability of attractive long-term returns. The Board also recognises that 
the Group’s activities must be undertaken with respect for other stakeholder 
groups that could be impacted, whether positively or negatively, by what we do 
and decisions we make.

OUR PHILOSOPHY AND APPROACH

OUR STRATEGY & BUSINESS MODEL

In addition to any legal duties, we believe 
we have further moral duties towards 
all our stakeholders and consider 
their needs and expectations and the 
environments in which we and they 
operate, before making decisions.

We consider key stakeholder 
groups and the environment  
to make the most  
appropriate decisions.

PEOPLE

PARTNERS

PLANET

PURPOSE 
PROSPECTS 
PROFIT

The Board and management act as the 
Group’s conscience. We are committed 
to maintaining high standards of 
business integrity. Our policies, practices 
and culture promote sound principles 
of corporate social responsibility and 
sustainability, guiding the relationships 
with employees, clients, suppliers and 
wider communities.

Management of the environmental 
and social issues that play a part in our 
businesses is a key factor in the Group’s 
strategy for success, and in the practice 
of good corporate governance.

Regular engagement with staff ensures 
that they are kept abreast of the Group’s 
strategic ambitions, initiatives and 
wider business matters, as appropriate. 
We invite them to ask questions and 
keep them up to date with information 
about progress. Our successes are 
communicated to all employees 
and we make sure they receive 
acknowledgement and thanks for the 
critical part they play. 

When we seek to acquire a business, we 
are searching for partnerships; businesses 
to complement ours with a natural cultural 
fit and a matched outlook in terms of how 
we behave. We have found time and time 
again that this approach has served us 
well and not only accelerates the acquired 
business’s growth, which not only benefits 
our Group, clients and shareholders, but 
also supports their communities and local 
economies. 

When welcoming new companies to the 
Group through acquisition, we remain 
sensitive to the culture and values of the 
individuals who join us on the journey.  
We take care to integrate in a way that 
creates positive synergy, whilst ensuring 
that the new addition to the Group 
retains its own character.

OUR PRINCIPLES 

Maintaining the highest standards of 
integrity across INSPECS is important to 
us for a whole host of reasons, not least to 
protect our reputation and the reputation 
of our closely associated stakeholders. 
All employees are expected to conduct 
themselves in an ethical manner in their 
internal and external dealings, and we 
expect the same of our business partners 
and affiliated parties. 

INTEGRITY

CUSTOMER FOCUS

QUALITY

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

PEOPLE DEVELOPMENT

We believe in doing business with 
suppliers, contractors, partners, agents, 
sales representatives, distributors 
and consultants who embrace and 
demonstrate high standards of ethical 
business behaviour. INSPECS will never 
knowingly conduct business with any 
party operating in violation of applicable 
laws or regulations.

OUR PEOPLE
Recruitment & Induction 
The Group currently employs over 
1,200 people across the world. The 
multinational diversity of the Group’s 
workforce not only supports our global 
service offering but also demonstrates 
that age, colour, race, gender, disability, 
ethnic origin, national origin, marital 
status, sexual orientation, religious or 
political views are not seen as barriers 
to employment.  Our attitude towards 
inclusion is also evidenced by the Group’s  
equality, diversity, inclusion and human 
rights policies and business codes of 
conduct.

28

Upon joining INSPECS, employees receive 
a comprehensive Staff Handbook, access 
to all policies and an induction across the 
different departments of the business 
to help them understand the Group, its 
culture and history. 

Additional HR support is provided by a 
third-party consultancy which ensures 
that members of staff have real-time 
online access to personal information, 
holiday and sickness records and 
employee-related documentation, 
including employment contracts, 
information relating to their staff 
benefits, health and wellbeing.  The 
Group policies, which are kept up-to-
date and in line with current legislation, 
are also readily accessible on the portal.

Continual Engagement
The Group is committed to promoting 
a strong, ethical and values-driven 
culture throughout the organisation. 
We continually communicate values 
that we consider important to success, 
both ours and our employees’ - integrity, 
professionalism and honesty.

We connect with our people across 
the Group regularly and communicate 
information via various means, such 
as conference calls, video conference, 
employee forums, social media, weekly 
press articles relating to INSPECS are 
sent to staff, strategic and business 
updates provided by the CEO either in 
person, via electronic communication 
or at scheduled staff social events.  For 
smaller groups we do it the old fashioned 
way and simply pick up the telephone, or 
meet to discuss the order of the day in 
relaxed break-out rooms.

VIETNAM CASE STUDY
Strategic aim:
•  Expansion.

•  Extend geographical reach.

• 

Increase manufacturing capabilities  
to meet future demand.

Required:
•  Acquire additional space  
and plant equipment.

It is important the Group listens to its 
employees and understands their views. 
There have been several occasions where 
we have revised our strategy in response 
to direct staff feedback – their views were 
valid, and if we had implemented our 
original plan without consulting widely 
with all staff, this may have resulted 
in workforce disengagement and 
alienation. In turn this may have affected 
morale, impacting working practices and 
damaging customer relationships. 

We are fortunate to have such engaged 
staff who are not afraid to let us know 
what they think and provide input to 
ensure that we do the right thing. 

Our culture is reflected in the actions 
and behaviour of our employees who 
understand the importance of leading 
with the Group’s values and personal 
integrity at the forefront of their minds 
when carrying out their roles.

Personal & Professional Development
We aim to maintain a working culture 
where staff are not bound by role 
descriptions and can develop their skills 
organically. We enable promotion and 
encourage transfers across departments 
or countries; achievement is possible at 
all levels within every Company across 
the Group.  We have a rare cohort of 
home-grown talent. A significant number 
of senior managers have built their 
careers from within and served INSPECS 
for over a decade, some for over two 
decades, and they remain as dedicated 
and alert to new possibilities as ever. 

Working Environment
We strive to provide the best possible 
working environment for our workforce. 
Happy staff working in creative, 
entrepreneurial and stimulating 
environments deliver outstanding 
services to our external stakeholders, 
which is central to our success. 

Giving Back 
We provide an attractive package of staff 
benefits, including access to professional 
support services, pension, share options 
to eligible employees, free glasses and 
opportunity to purchase brand products at 
a significantly discounted price at certain 
times of the year. Staff are reminded 
regularly and encouraged to take 
advantage of these benefits.

As part of our staff and skills retention 
approach we support employees who 
require flexible working arrangements, 
support them in their fundraising 
endeavours and encourage them to take 
time out to work within communities that 
are of interest to them. 

Respect for the Individual
The health and wellbeing of our 
employees is extremely important. 
Positive attitude and robust mental 
health are vital if we are to sustain the 
working environment which brings out 
the best in our people and allows us 
to retain their skills and knowledge. 
We promote a positive health and 
safety culture throughout the Group 
and continually seek to improve our 
processes and practices to ensure a safe 
and secure workplace for all.

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Options:
•  Move operations to a larger 

established facility/site – more cost 
effective and expedient option;

•  Embark on rebuilding current facility – 
exposes the Group to many project-
related risks e.g. funding/liquidity, 
project management, schedule 
overrun, interest rate, contractual. 

Stakeholder, societal and 
environmental considerations:
•  Group’s presence in Vietnam 

-  recognised as one of the region’s 
largest employers and contributors to 
the local economy. 

•  Moving the manufacturing 

operations to another much larger 
factory elsewhere likely to be more 
economical but would require 
remobilisation of all factory workers 
and their families.

• 

Impact of displacement on the 
individual and family members if they 
relocate.  

•  Potential loss of staff, should they 

choose not to relocate. 

•  Potential inability of staff to secure 
employment on the same terms 
or at all, which would jeopardise 
continuation of their livelihood and 
affect their health and wellbeing, and 
their families. 

Decision
•  People before profit - no appetite 

to inflict social disruption or 
displacement upon dedicated staff.

•  Take the less commercial but 

more environmentally and socially 
supportive option - embark on 
expansion of current facility, ensure 
employment longevity and continue 
to support the local economy that we 
have helped to build.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED 

OUR PRODUCTS, PLANTS  
& PROCESSES
The Asian arm of our business has 
been a leader in sustainable eyewear 
innovations for over 20 years. We have 
an array of innovative patent or patent 
-pending products and continue to invest 
in developing sustainable design options 
and manufacturing practices. 

Eco-friendly and natural eyewear 
materials include cork and FSC certified 
wood. Our ‘Natura’ range is constructed 
with a material derived from wood pulp 
and cotton fibre that has been ISO14855 
certified for bio-degradability. ‘Seamless’ 
is the name of our bonded rim-less 
eyewear that is virtually unbreakable 
(qualified via independent testing and 
factory audits) – perfect for the cost 
conscious and environmentally aware 
individual; no need to throw away or 
recycle. 

Our manufacturing facilities in 
Vietnam are purposely designed to 
reduce environmental impact using 
solar panels and water conservation 
technology. Energy efficiency and waste 
management programmes include safe 
recycling of waste materials from our 
injection manufacturing processes. 

Constant improvement in manufacturing 
is in our DNA. Our design and 
engineering teams are always working 
towards continually improving 
production techniques and processes. 
The renewed coloration plant, for 
example, now uses less paint, reducing 
our impact on the environment with 
regards to waste, and handled by highly 
trained employees in a state of the art, 
safe facility. Similarly, new laser soldering 

Our ‘sustainable materials bible’

machines in our painting department 
means less welding material, increased 
welding accuracy and improved 
temperature control, resulting in reduced 
costs, carbon footprint and waste.

As part of our manufacturing 
sustainability programme waste, such as 
acetate and metal scrap, is responsibly 
recycled from both China and Vietnam by 
vetted third party waste removal vendors 
– contracts are in place and procedures 
are established and monitored. SC 
compliant wood that we use only 
comes from renewable forests, and the 
castor oil processes we employ are well 
documented as sustainable, both in 
terms of renewability and social impact.

BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS
Our design, manufacturing and 
distributing operations are truly 
global, and having the three distinct 
but interconnected businesses under 
sole ownership sets us apart from our 
peers who do not have manufacturing 
capabilities, or dedicated in-house 
designers. Our competitive advantage 
is enhanced by adding value wherever 
we can; continued investment in our 
physical assets, the value-adding skills 
and expertise of our people, extensive 
product knowledge, working culture and 
strong customer service.

We view our clients as partners. Working 
closely with them at every stage of the 
design, manufacturing and distribution 
processes, to ensure that our products 
meet their requirements and exceeds 
their expectations, sets us apart. The 
reputation of our customers is as 
important to us as our own. Our success 
in the marketplace is based on the quality 
of services we provide, the knowledge 

Material

Biobased

Biodegradable

Recycled

Recyclable

NATURA bio-acetate  
(handmade)

Stainless steel

Titanium

Wood

Cork

Bamboo

Mineral Glass

ECO acrylic sun lens UV400

ECO Demo lens

30

that our services provide value, and 
the competence and honesty of our 
representatives. 

The business is responsible for the 
end-to-end processes and procedures, 
established to ensure traceable quality 
control and transparency through the 
entire process from design to distribution. 
By providing proprietary end-to-end 
solutions our customers are relieved of 
the difficulties often experienced when 
having to deal with several vendors 
providing different services within a 
supply chain at different intervals.  

Our business model saves clients’ time, 
effort, resources and money.  In turn, the 
Group benefits from cost and distribution 
efficiencies, achieved from leverage 
and scale. Controlling the entire supply 
chain means we can minimise costs, 
source the best materials and maintain 
an infrastructure which can be flexed and 
changed according to the needs of our 
clients and customers. They have peace of 
mind and we have competitive advantage, 
not  being beholden to third-party 
demands or exposed to unexpected 
changes within supply chain and market 
infrastructure.

The Group’s global supply and 
distribution networks have been 
developed with our clients’ needs in mind. 
In 2019, INSPECS instigated another new 
approach to distribution. Frames are 
now held directly at the glazing factories 
(Hoya) in Thailand, rather than being 
repatriated to various originating sites. By 
reducing the number of distribution runs, 
we have reduced our carbon footprint and 
provided warehousing facilities to clients. 
This has been especially beneficial to the 
major international retail chains, negating 
the need for them to incur warehousing 
costs and enabling them to increase their 
stockholding efficiency, improve inventory 
management, and avoids increase in their 
carbon footprint also.

In addition to the range of eco-friendly 
and sustainable eyewear options 
referred to above, we are one of the few 
in the industry to offer our customers 
biodegradable packaging, assisting them 
in their drive for sustainability too.  

“Waste management, efficiency and renewable sources 
– reducing energy and our carbon footprint”

OUR POSITIVE WORKING 
RELATIONSHIPS WITH OTHER  
THIRD PARTIES 
Since ratifying the Paris Climate 
Change Agreement in 2016, China has 
implemented some of the most stringent 
rules and regulations in the world – 
considered to be approximately 20 times 
more stringent than European standards. 
In July 2019 it was reported that China is 
on track to meet the international climate 
change targets nine years early.  

When we needed to make improvements 
to ensure compliance with enhanced 
standards relating to plating and varnishing 
processes we didn’t just comply, we 
invested heavily to ‘future proof’ our 
facilities. The most advanced commercial 
water treatment systems available were 
installed, exceeding the manufacturing 
standards required. Advanced water-
saving technology is in operation within 
both of our manufacturing plants in 
Vietnam and China. 

Independent social audits are carried out 
several times a year at our factories by 
local authorities, and additional external 
auditors carry out stringent audits on 
behalf of, and provide assurance to, our 
various customers and their brands. 
These audits also give comfort to the 
Board in relation to the Group’s legal and 
regulatory compliance obligations, such 
as those set out under Modern Slavery 
Act regulations.

Given the frequency of their visits, we 
have provided dedicated, permanent 
spaces and equipment to enable auditors 
and local authority inspectors to carry 
out their work at our sites comfortably. 
We don’t just welcome these external, 
independent parties and respect the work 
that they do, we consider them as our 
‘third line of defence’ and take on board 
any feedback on areas where we can 
improve. You can read more about our 
‘lines of defence’ on page 56.

OUR POLICIES & STANDARDS 
Group policies set the standard for all 
staff and promote our ethical culture of 
integrity, honesty, trust and respect for 
others. When policies are revised, or 
new ones created, we communicate this 
to staff via email. Our correspondence 
is clear and comprehensive, providing 
reasons for changes to, or introduction 
of, new policies, outlining what the 

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

policy seeks to achieve and how, and 
gives helpful guidance. Staff are always 
encouraged to ask questions and 
provide feedback. 

Environmental and Social Governance was 
a key focus for the Group in 2019 and we 
will be enhancing our ‘ESG’ frameworks 
further in 2020. Group governance 
documents that have been updated or 
created during the last year to protect our 
staff, businesses, stakeholders and wider 
communities include:

•  General Data Protection 

Regulation (‘GDPR’) Policies

•  Privacy Notices

•  Share dealing Policy

•  Safeguarding Policy

•  Disclosure of Information Policy

•  Conflicts of Interest Policy

Health & Safety
Health and safety risk management is 
of paramount importance to the Group. 
We operate a ‘zero tolerance’ policy for 
breaches of health and safety law and 
regulation. The Group’s health and safety 
policies, practices and procedures are 
firmly established, in line with regulation 
and best practice, and provide clear 
routes for escalation, should the Group’s 
Health & Safety Risk Profile position 
change at any time. 

Despite the controls in place to mitigate 
the risks, given the potential impact of 
non-compliance with health and safety 
laws and regulations, ‘Health & Safety’ 
is recorded as a ‘standing inherent risk’ 
on the Corporate Risk Register to ensure 
continued oversight.

The Group’s ‘first line of defence’ carry 
out health and safety assessments 
and monitoring as part of the daily 
routine in regions where the Group 
has manufacturing operations. More 
information about our ‘lines of defence’ 
risk management framework can be 
found on page 38.

Health and safety matters are presented 
as a standing Board agenda item and 
considered as the first order of business 
at every meeting. We are pleased to 
report that there were no health and 
safety issues reported or unresolved 
during the period. 

Human Rights
We operate a ‘zero tolerance’ policy 
in relation to any form of human 
rights abuse. Following a Group-wide 
assurance exercise carried out at year 
end, the Group Governance Compliance 
& Risk Officer reviewed the Group’s 
policies, including those listed below. 

•  Anti-Slavery and Human  

Trafficking Policy

•  Anti-Bribery & Anti-Corruption 

Policy

•  Whistleblowing Policy

•  Anti-bullying and Anti-
harassment Policy

•  Equal Opportunities Policy

A number of these human rights policies 
were updated to reflect changes in 
law, regulation and best practice 
and extended to highlight conduct 
requirements, compliance obligations, 
penalties for non-compliance, guidance 
on how to recognise, escalate and report 
abuses detailed within the policies. The 
documents were subsequently approved 
by the Board, the Staff Handbook 
updated and employee induction 
programme revised, as appropriate. 

Additional bespoke risk management 
and compliance training programmes are 
in the process of being devised.  Training 
programmes are to be rolled out across 
the Group to educate staff further in 
these matters, and Group practices and 
procedures will be enhanced further also, 
to align with the revised policies.

Board-endorsed policies, and the 
corporate social responsibility standards 
that are already embedded within our 
businesses, will continue to play a central 
role in influencing the Group’s practices 
in the future. 

We are mindful of new regulations 
coming into force over the next 18 
months so there will be increased focus 
on environmental and social governance 
matters at Board and management level 
in 2020.  We look forward to reporting on 
our progress and providing additional 
disclosures within our next Annual 
Report & Accounts. 

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
172 STATEMENT

Companies with 2019 financial year ends post 1 January 
2019 must comply with the new requirement of reporting 
for the first time on how directors have fulfilled their duty 
under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’).

4. The impact of the Company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

5. The Company’s desire to maintain a reputation for business 

conduct of high standard; and 

Accordingly, the Company Directors hereby confirm that we 
have complied with the provisions of the Act and, consistent with 
the size and complexity of the business, make this declaration in 
good faith.  

We believe that we have acted and made decisions in a way 
considered most likely to promote the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members.  

In doing so we duly gave regard to, inter alia: 

1. The likely long-term consequences of any decision; 

2. The interests of the Company’s employees;

3. The need to foster the Company’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others;

6. The need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

The ways in which the Board has fulfilled its duties is detailed 
below in table format for ease of reference.  This provides a 
comprehensive summary of the Board’s strategic aims, decision-
making process, key stakeholders of the Company whom the 
Board duly considered and engaged with, and final decisions 
made by the Board having considered the same.  Stakeholder 
benefits of each decision are also provided within the table 
below.  

Further information which demonstrates how the Directors have 
fulfilled their duties can be found within the Strategic Report and 
Director’s Report, particularly within the Corporate Governance 
Statement on pages 50 and 51 and ‘We Act Responsibly’ section, 
found on page 28.

BOARD STRATEGY

DECISION MAKING/OUTCOME

STAKEHOLDERS 
CONSIDERED

Strategic 
expansion in Asia

Capital investment 
and sustainability

When deliberating and reviewing potential options, the Board considered the impact 
on the local community in Vietnam, and potential disruption and displacement of 
loyal workers if manufacturing activities were moved to a larger factory. The Group 
embarked upon extending its current facility instead, retaining the trust engendered 
since acquiring the Killine Group and benefitting our key stakeholders:

•  Benefit to staff – retain livelihood and social stability, no risk of demobilisation, 

displacement or negative community impact, staff feel valued.

•  Benefit to customers – increased footprint and engineering capacity to meet  

future demand.

•  Benefit to investors – increasing capacity for growth and extension of facility in 
Vietnam, value gained through advantageous fiscal policy, and tipped to be the 
fastest growing economy post COVID-19 and no tariffs, unlike China.

•  Environment – state of the art facilities and waste management programme, 

technologically advanced water treatment installed, vertical construction creating 
additional floor space without increasing physical footprint.

Significant expenditure has been deployed to provide state of the art facilities in 
Vietnam, future-proofing our capabilities and doubling our manufacturing capacity.  
Our decisions have delivered business growth opportunity for the benefit of 
shareholders and employment opportunity for the benefit of the local community.  
Further stakeholder advantages include:

•  Benefit to staff – superlative working environment, improved precision engineering 

capabilities, reduced wastage.

•  Benefit to customers – increased ability to scale up manufacturing and product 

offerings and retain the same highly skilled staff.

•  Benefit to investors – adding tangible value (reduced operating costs - less wastage, 

improved manufacturing efficiency, write down/end of life) and intangible value 
(improving sustainability is value-add, social and environmental benefits).

•  Environment – waste reduction and waste management programme established, 

advanced water treatment technology, improved infrastructure, safety and efficiency, 
reducing our carbon footprint.

32

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

KEY TO 
STAKEHOLDER 
GROUPS:

Investors

Customers

Suppliers

Staff

Environmental

BOARD STRATEGY

DECISION MAKING / OUTCOME

Acquisitive growth Acquiring the factory in Cador, Italy, increases market share and allows us to diversify 

further; moving from mid-value to higher end product offering and expanding our 
portfolio of materials.

STAKEHOLDERS 
CONSIDERED

Digital 
transformation 
– automated 
manufacturing 
and distribution 
system 

•  Benefit to customers – increased product offering and price points to move into 

luxury market with higher margins, whilst keeping true to INSPECS’ original vision – 
everyone deserves well-designed eyewear at an affordable price.

•  Benefit to shareholders – Group is geographically and commercially diversified, 
reducing risk of reliance and improving potential for increased shareholder value. 

We implemented the Amalfi platform across the Group to streamline process, provide 
‘real time’ tracking and traceability of orders and distribution and improve Head Office 
oversight, monitoring and reporting capability.

•  Benefit to staff – from manual to automated system, reduced risk of input error, 
improved integrity of data, processing time, oversight, reporting capability and 
provides audit trail, increasing level of control and monitoring.

•  Benefit to customers – complete traceability, supply chain management and 

delivery assurance.

•  Benefit to investors – increased potential to secure ‘customer lifetime value’.
•  Benefit to suppliers – visibility within omni-channel framework.
•  Environment – reduction in carbon footprint; no paper, no pens, no plastic, no 

wastage, no transportation to office or onward to landfill.

Digital 
transformation – 
e-commerce and 
marketing

Initiating an adaptive strategic plan to move further into e-commerce and  
‘business 2 business’ space has a variety of advantages for us and our  
key stakeholders:

•  Benefit to customers – increase omni-channel capabilities, adapting to  

customer lifestyles and expectations.

•  Benefit to investors – maintain competitive advantage of being nimble and  

CAPEX prudent; able to supply products worth $1bn p/a without the need for  
capital intensive retail operating model.  

•  Environment – e-commerce means no retail stores to heat, light, clean and  

no staff commuting to/from, therefore less impact on the environment.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PAGE TITLE

BRITISH DESIGN. SPIRIT OF JAPAN 
The Superdry brand is known for 
superior quality. Our sunglasses and 
optical frames for Superdry tap into 
the latest eyewear trends.

34

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

The Group KPIs have been selected based on the successful delivery  
of the strategy and are monitored by the Board on a regular basis. 

TURNOVER 

GROSS PROFIT

+6.9%
$61.25m

2018: $57.30m

GROSS PROFIT %

_ 0.2%
45.0%

2018: 45.2%

NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

+140%
$10.59m

2018: $4.41m

NET CURRENT ASSETS 

+604%
$3.73m

2018: $0.53m

+6.3%
$27.54m

2018: $25.90m

UNDERLYING EBITDA 

+9.4%
$12.99m

2018: $11.87m

FRAMES  
MANUFACTURED

+19.7%
4.55m

2018: 3.80m

FULLY DILUTED EPS

+82%
$14.80c

2018: $8.14c

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW

The Group has performed well in 2019 with increased sales, 
increased margins and good cost control, resulting in improved 
profitability for the Group. 

CHRIS KAY

Chief Financial Officer

Headline numbers

Revenue

Gross Profit

2019
$000

2018 
$000

61,247                 

57,295

27,536                 

25,900

Operating expenses

(14,549)               

(14,033)

Underlying EBITDA

12,987                    

11,867

Operating Profit after adjustment  
for movement in Derivative

Net finance costs

Profit/Loss before Tax

10,810                  

1,365

7,347                  

6,146

1,392

3,625

Balance Sheet

2019
$000

2018 
$000

Non-Current assets

43,191                   

41,743

Net Current assets

Long Term Loans

Other non-current

Net Assets

3,725                      

534

(12,651)

(16,677)

(2,917)

(2,886)

31,348                  

22,714

“A solid performance for the 
year with Underlying EBITDA 
up 9.4% and a significant 
strengthening of the Balance 
sheet at 31 December 2019 
together with significant 
capital expenditure on our new 
Vietnam production facility.”

Chris Kay
Group Chief Financial Officer

36

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

REVENUE
Revenue grew by 6.9% during the year, an increase of $4.0m.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

GROSS MARGIN
The Group saw a slight fall in its gross margin from 45.2% to 45.0% during the 
year.

NET OPERATING EXPENSES
The Group enlisted the assistance and expertise of further personnel to ensure 
the Group would complete the strategic aim of listing on AIM market of the 
London Stock Exchange. Consequently, net operating expenses increased by 
$0.5m during the year, an increase of 3.7%.

UNDERLYING EBITDA 
The Group targets Underlying EBITDA as a primary KPI and during the year this 
increased by $1.1m, an increase of 9.4% despite revenue growth of 6.9%.

IPO COSTS
The Group incurred costs relating to Initial Public Offering of $2.8m. 

FINANCE EXPENSES
The Group had a loan facility with HSBC which has now been replaced with a 
multi-currency revolving credit facility in February 2020. As at the date of this 
report the Group has drawn down $17m of the new facility and has undrawn 
headroom of $8m available.

TAXATION
The effective rate across the Group for 2019 was 12% and for 2018 it was 3%.

CASH POSITION
The Group strengthened its cash position at the end of the year with cash 
increasing from $2.8m to $6.5m, an increase of $3.7m.

LONG TERM BORROWINGS.
The Group’s long term borrowings fell by $4.0m from $16.7m to $12.7m as at  
31 December 2019.

NET CURRENT ASSETS
The Group’s net current assets increased by $3.2m from $0.5m to $3.7m.

WORKING CAPITAL.
The Group’s working capital improved during the year with inventory as a 
percentage of revenue decreasing from 18.8% to 14.2%.

The Group’s ratio of current assets to current liabilities improved from 1.02 to 1.15, 
an increase of 13%.

EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Group’s basic earnings per share increased from $8.90 to $16.38, an increase 
of 84%. On a fully diluted basis the increase was from $8.14 to $14.80, an increase 
of 82%.

Chris Kay 
Group Chief Financial Officer 
12 May 2020

GROUP REVENUE 

$61.25m

2018: $57.30m

UNDERLYING EBITDA 

$12.99m

2018: $11.87m

PROFIT BEFORE TAX 

$7.35m

2018: $3.63m

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 

$14.80c

2018: $8.14c

GROUP NET ASSETS 

$3.73m

2018: $0.53m

  SEE OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
PAGES 80

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT

Frameworks are ineffective without the right culture: ours is 
recognised by our stakeholders, as a number of independent reports 
received from external assurance specialists testify. 

The Group promotes a culture of 
integrity, honesty, trust and respect. We 
are proud of our committed workforce 
who embrace our vision as a collective 
and, through established practices, 
procedures and ethical behaviours, 
form the bedrock of effective risk 
management. 

Our policies are not just documents, 
they are our pledges and we live by 
‘everyone is equal’. This means we have a 
unique cultural cohesiveness across the 
entire Group and our staff at every level 
embrace and support the strategic vision 
because they are empowered to make 
the right choices. We provide a high level 
of autonomy and they provide expertise 
and drive.  The accolade of ‘happiest 
workplace’ that we were awarded for 
2019, by Bristol MIND and Wylde IA, is 
testimony to our staff.

RISK MANAGEMENT MODEL  
& INTERNAL CONTROLS 
A risk management model that separates the 
business’s risk management responsibilities 
into three lines of defence as set  
out in the diagram below.

INVESTIGATE

GOVERN 
the  
business

CONVINCE

INSTIGATE

GUIDE 
the  
business

TEMPORAL

Board & 
Committees
DIRECTORS

CONTEMPLATE

AUTHORISE

T
N
E
S
N
O
C
D
E
R
E
D
I
S
N
O
C

GUARD 
the  
business

INITIATE

ENTREPENEURIAL

Executives
LEADERS

SOCIAL, ETHICAL
CULTURE
BEHAVIOURAL
TERRITORIAL

Senior  
Management
SUPPORTERS

PROCEDURAL & TECHNICAL

CONTROL

GROW 
the  
business

Dedicated  
Workforce
ENABLERS

OPERATIONAL

COMPLY

MITIGATE

REGULATE

ASSIGN

ASSESS

ASSURE

38

 
>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Board considers the risks and uncertainties detailed below to be 
of particular relevance, having the potential to materially affect our 
business, either favourably or unfavourably, but this is by no means  
an exhaustive list. 

Those risks which have been stress tested under probable 
scenarios and subsequently deemed unlikely to have a 
material effect on the Group are omitted. This would 
apply, for example, where there is a narrow span of 
control and effective risk mitigation strategies have been 

deployed, thereby reducing the risk to an acceptable 
residual level. Some risks may be unknown to us at 
present, and there are some risks that we currently regard 
as immaterial at present, and have therefore not included 
here, but may become material in the future.

KEY TO RISK IMPACT:  IN

 Income   LQ

 Liquidity   LT

 Litigation   BR

 Business relationships

Risk category/
sub-category

Legal & 
Regulatory 
Compliance – 
Occupational and 
Environmental 
Health & Safety 

LT

What is the risk?

Risk Appetite, Risk Treatment and Risk Management  

Our greatest assets are 
our workforce and our 
reputation. A breach 
of occupational or 
environmental health 
and safety laws or 
regulations could result 
in significant legal and 
financial costs, and 
reputational ramifications; 
publicised conduct failure 
leading to public and/or 
regulatory censure, loss of 
stakeholder confidence.

Equally, our employees 
may breach the common 
law duty of breach of care 
and, as the employer, 
the Group would also be 
accountable for employee 
actions or inactions. 
A serious accident or 
fatality occurring at one 
of our workspaces is 
anathema and would likely 
impact the morale of our 
workforce, potentially 
affecting our ability 
to meet our strategic 
aims and performance 
objectives, as well as our 
ability to retain current, 
and attract future, staff.

RISK APPETITE

ZERO – the Board has always maintained a zero tolerance policy in relation to health and safety risk 
within our control, and aims to go beyond statutory requirements where possible if doing so further 
decreases the likelihood and potential impact of a health & safety risk materialising. 

REDUCE & MITIGATE THE RISK:

Governance

•  The safety of our people, customers and visitors to our sites is paramount; Health & Safety is 

continually monitored and reported across the Group. 

•  Keeping our staff and businesses safe from harm is our primary priority, hence the first business 
agenda item at every Board meeting is Group Health & Safety. The Board’s recently established 
sub-committees will also take on health and safety risk management-related responsibilities, in 
line with the scope of their remit, strengthening oversight, monitoring and reporting even further.

•  Health & Safety policies are reviewed regularly. External independent audits are carried out 

regularly each month within our manufacturing facilities on behalf of our customers.  Health & 
Safety is the primary focus of external audits and the reports we subsequently receive provide 
Board assurance.

•  Health & safety procedures are part of daily routine; established, robust and effective.

•  We are ISO 9000:2005 certified and operate a Quality Management System to support consistent 

achievement of quality, safety and operational and manufacturing objectives. Maintaining certified 
status is subject to annual independent audit, which we succeeded in passing again in October 2019. 

Environment and Mental Health

•  We care about the working environment of our staff. Our manufacturing facilities are state of the 

art and offices are designed to foster collaboration and engagement, being open plan with break 
out spaces, and reflect INSPECS’ innovative and dynamic culture.

•  Group HR representatives are supported by an external professional services provider to ensure 

that the Group’s policies and practices remain in line with current law, regulation and best practice.

•  We have a suite of policies and Staff Handbooks that not only informs but also serves to support 

and guide our employees, covering all aspects of human rights, safeguarding, health and 
wellbeing.  We provide staff with flexible working opportunities and recently updated our home-
working policy in light of the COVID-19 pandemic.

•  All staff have access to external support and independent advice which covers a range of subjects, 

from legal advice or tax advice, to mental health and fitness.

•  Staff receive inductions and refresher training when needed. 

•  All staff are appropriately qualified, trained and supported.

SHARE THE RISK

•  We ensure that the Group has appropriate insurances in place and policy cover reviewed at least 

annually.

•  Our staff are aware of their duty of care and responsibility to protect both themselves and others 

from harm.

• 

Independent auditors also have a duty of care and take responsibility for providing assurances to 
their client. We consider third party audits as part of our ‘third line of defence’. You can read more 
about our risk management framework and ‘lines of defence’ on pages 38 and 56.

INSPECS Annual Report & Accounts 2019

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Risk category/
sub-category

Economic and 
political risk 

IN LQ

BR

A downturn in the macro-
economy may reduce 
consumer demand 
generally. Costs may be 
increased by changes 
to government policy, 
including tax changes or 
other legislation.

What is the risk?

Risk Appetite, Risk Treatment and Risk Management  

Loss of key staff

BR

Loss of key personnel could 
impact the Group’s ability 
to implement strategy 
and the intended pace of 
growth.

RISK APPETITE

Economic and political factors are beyond the Group’s direct control so we must accept the risk but 
ensure that our appetite for effective risk management remains high. 

REDUCE & MITIGATE THE RISK:

•  The Board seeks to ensure the brand retains its position as affordable luxury in order to appeal to 

a broad range of consumers and at price points that are attractive. 

•  We maintain a strong reputation for value for money which offer resilience in a more competitive 

consumer spending environment.

•  Ongoing focus on cost efficiency assists in mitigating individual cost increases.

•  We ensure that our products meet all regulatory standards and that customers fully understand 

what they are purchasing from us.

•  We mitigate risks by agreeing policies and minimum standards. The Group’s internal control 

frameworks are supplemented with regular reviews by external experts.

•  Due to COVID-19 there has been increased macro-economic uncertainty and the impact of the 

pandemic has been far reaching, causing global commercial and social disruption. Trading since 
period-end has been impacted, though not to the same degree as counterparts in the market. 

RISK APPETITE

We have a low risk appetite for loss of key staff and staff retention initiatives are considered by the 
Directors as part of strategic discussions.

REDUCE & MITIGATE THE RISK:

Engagement:

•  A vertically integrated culture and flat hierarchy aids our culture of inclusion where everyone is 

invited to have their say. We have an open floor policy, not just open-door policy. 

•  Regular communications from executives and senior management to staff across the Group.

•  Support staff in their charitable endeavours.

•  Support flexible home-working arrangements.

Succession planning and cross-skilling:

•  A succession plan was created in December 2019 and covers all Board directors, senior 

management and key Group staff. 

•  The Remuneration & Nomination Committee is charged with ensuring that future rewards are 

commensurate with performance and aid staff retention. 

•  We aim to enhance our training programmes over the coming year. 

•  Business plans and initiatives are documented and prepared with cross-functional input to reduce 

reliance on single individuals.

Reward:

•  The IPO has enabled the business to launch share-based incentives to assist in retaining  

key personnel.

SHARE THE RISK

•  Key man insurance policies are in place and reviewed annually.

KEY TO RISK IMPACT:  IN

 Income   LQ

 Liquidity   LT

 Litigation   BR

 Business relationships

40

What is the risk?

Risk Appetite, Risk Treatment and Risk Management  

Risk category/
sub-category

Disruption 
to supply or 
production of 
goods and supply 
chain risks

LT BR

Disruption to supply or 
production of goods 
could affect the Group’s 
manufacturing or 
distribution operations, 
by limiting availability 
of materials or products 
at source or affecting 
the Group’s ability to 
deliver products to end 
client, which may result in 
reduced manufacturing 
output, reduced sales, 
breach of contract, 
and lower consumer 
confidence.

Counterparty/ 
Credit risk

LT

IN

BR

Risk of financial loss to the 
Group if a customer or 
counterparty to a financial 
instrument fails to meet 
its contractual obligations 
in a timely manner, or at 
all. Risk arises principally 
from trade receivables 
from customers and cash 
deposits with financial 
institutions. 

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

RISK APPETITE

Whilst we have no appetite for supply chain risks, these are inherent within the industry in which we 
operate and cannot be avoided or reduced to zero. We therefore accept the risk but maintain a very 
low appetite for any activity or decisions which could affect our own supply chain. We closely monitor 
global and local market events which could affect the Group directly or indirectly.

REDUCE & MITIGATE THE RISK:

•  Maintaining awareness of contagion risk, we take a ‘competitor intelligence’ approach and 
proactively monitor other supply chains and competitor capabilities to inform our strategic 
planning and decision making. 

• 

INSPECS is one of only a small number of international companies with proprietary control, 
oversight; end-to-end ownership of our design-manufacture-distribution businesses, ensuring 
that we are not overly reliant on third-parties to provide these capabilities, unlike our competitors. 

•  Owning the supply chain improves responsiveness and enables high levels of product availability.

•  Distribution and manufacturing activities are directly under our control, which supports the 

resilience of our business.

•  Our integrated omni-channel business model and flat management structure mean we are able to 
make well-informed decisions quickly and decisively. This enables us to remain agile despite the 
present volatile global market, and better placed to withstand market disruptions than others. 

•  The Group maintains business continuity and disaster recovery plans, which are reviewed and 

updated annually and tested quarterly with the incident management team. 

•  The business has extended its risk assessments to include external as well as internal supply chain 
disruption. The BCP was revised December 2019 and included a ‘global pandemic’ risk scenario.

RISK APPETITE

LOW – the Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each 
customer but we reduce, control and monitor the risk using the below measures to sufficiently limit 
credit risk exposure.

REDUCE & MITIGATE THE RISK:

•  New and potential customers are credit checked and receivable balances are monitored on an 

ongoing basis with the aim of minimising the Group’s exposure to bad debt. 

•  We price our products prudently and retain our customer-oriented approach in all that we do. 
We aim to ensure that licence agreements are reflective of our ongoing commitment to our 
customers and partners, appropriately invest our assets to minimise the risk of creating a loss to 
the Group and offer our clients warehousing services which helps them reduce costs for inventory 
management, for example. 

•  Desktop management tool with its incorporated AI capacity, allowing key management to access 

and aggregate real-time sales and revenue data continuously across the Group. 

•  Debtor days is a Key Performance Indicator which is monitored regularly and reported to the Board 
in monthly Management Information presentation packs, with comparator figures for prior month 
and prior year. 

•  Trade debtors are managed in respect of credit risk and cash flow risk by policies concerning the 

credit offered to customers 

•  Credit policy requirement for minimum credit ratings – Dunn & Bradsheet’s services are utilised 

prior to INSPECS entering into any agreement. Credit limits are set for counterparties, thereafter 
management conducts regular monitoring of amounts outstanding for both time and credit limits. 
Trade creditor liquidity risk is managed by ensuring sufficient funds are available to meet amounts 
due.

•  Legal counsel retained in each country in which we operate, enabling us to act quickly to mitigate 

risk of serious financial loss. 

•  The Group gives careful consideration to which organisations it uses for its banking services in 

order to minimise credit risk.

•  The Group subcontracts with third party in relation to raw material. Suppliers are on fixed terms 

and any immediate commodity risk is mitigated in the short term on these transactions. Increases 
in raw material costs have a limited effect on the overall cost of sales.

SHARE THE RISK

• 

Insurance is in place and the Group will be indemnified and protected against financial loss in 
certain circumstances.

•  The Group may enforce its legal rights and issue claim for third-party non- performance/breach of 

contract, therefore our risk may be shared with a third-party insurance.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Risk category/
sub-category

Liquidity risk

LT

IN

LQ

What is the risk?

Risk Appetite, Risk Treatment and Risk Management  

The risk that the Group 
does not retain sufficient 
financial resources to be 
able to meet its financial 
obligations as they fall due. 

RISK APPETITE

ZERO appetite for failing to ensure that the Group can meet business and financial commitments that 
would materially impair the financial position and prospects of the Group and jeopardise its future as 
a going concern. 

REDUCE & MITIGATE THE RISK:

•  The Group manages its cash flows to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable 
losses or damage to the Group’s reputation.

•  The Group monitors and maintains a sufficient level of cash and bank balances deemed adequate 

by management, along with utilising an invoice discounting facility, to finance the Group’s 
operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuation in cash flows. 

•  Prudent debt management strategy and KPIs. Scenario planning, stress testing and sensitivity 
analysis is carried out regularly, the results of which are reviewed by the Board. A vertically 
integrated organisation means that the Group operates on a lean/agile framework which  
supports swift decision-making.

•  Ongoing focus on cost control and efficiency.

•  Management reviews and monitors the Group’s highly comprehensive working capital model, 
ensuring cash generation and the requirement for capital repayments on the bank loan in to 
ensure sufficient liquidity for operating purposes across the Group.

• 

Infrastructure investment – manufacturing facilities are owned by the Group, not leased – fixed 
capital costs with known variables allow us to plan ahead and avoid commercial tenancy and 
related cost implications.

POST REPORTING PERIOD PRINCIPAL 
RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

COVID-19 

IN

No matter how resilient our business is, 
we operate in a connected world and 
where something globally material fails 
this will impact our Group. We therefore 
undertook an extensive review of all 
aspects of our operations and carried 
out forecasting and sensitivity analysis 
to determine what the ‘worst case 
scenarios’ might mean for the Group. 
We are now operating in an increasingly 
uncertain environment, given the global 
impacts of COVID-19 impacts and all 
businesses are subject to a number of 
risk factors. 

INSPECS was at liberty to apply for and 
benefit from a three-month extension 
to the statutory deadline for filing the 
Company’s Annual Report & Accounts. 
Whilst we appreciated the opportunity 
afforded by the temporary measures 
provided to allow businesses to focus on 
dealing with the COVID-19 pandemic, 
we felt well prepared having recorded 
‘Global pandemic’ on our Risk Register as 
a potential risk in Q3 2019, and reviewed 
the Company’s Business Continuity Plan 
(BCP), ensuring that this risk was also 
reflected and tested as appropriate. 

The governance and risk reviews 
undertaken in 2019 proved timely as we 
successfully invoked the BCP in February, 
a week after listing and two weeks before 
the UK was required to go into ‘lockdown’, 
joining 27 other countries combined in a 
global effort to stem the contagion risk 
and impact of the pandemic.  

We remained alert during the infancy 
of COVID-19, invoked ‘first phase’ 
contingency plans in January, ‘second 
phase’ in February and ‘third phase’ 
in March when all of our staff were 
remobilised to work from home, being 
fully equipped to do so due to our 
contingency implementation workstream 
in February. We restricted travel ahead 
of the curve and were ahead of the curve 
again the following month; our staff were 
homeworking before UK lockdown. 

Our ability to be flexible and adaptive is 
due in part to the flat structure and lack of 
formal hierarchy within the business. Our 
culture of trust and opportunity provides 
managers with a high level of autonomy to 
take swift, appropriate and decisive action 
within guidelines but without bureaucracy. 

The UK is still in lockdown as at the date 
of this communication with shareholders.
Since the pandemic is unprecedented, 
our four phase framework had not taken 
into account extended periods of school 
closures or lockdown. This has been 

noted in our dynamic governance and 
risk planning framework. We expect that 
there will be social distancing measures 
in place until the end of the year and this 
will apply to our places of work also. A 
significant number of staff were mobile 
or homeworking on occasion, in any 
event, so we do not envisage any issue 
with a delayed return to office working. 

We are mindful of the risks to mental 
health and wellbeing and will likely phase 
in return to offices and factories at the 
most appropriate time. We will look 
to our retained third-party specialists 
to help us develop an effective and 
supportive plan for our staff. 

The Group is in a fortunate cash and 
liquidity position and, at the present 
time, we do not believe that our viability 
will be affected by market events or any 
resultant regulatory changes. 

As always, we have assessed the 
potential opportunities as well as risks 
and believe that there are ways in which 
the Group can advantageously support 
our partners through these turbulent 
times and work with peer market 
participants, combining strengths to 
bring stability to the industry, whilst 
maintaining our market position. 

42

 
 
FARAH EYEWARE

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

43

> Overview> Strategic Report> Corporate Governance> Financial Statements> Shareholder Information44

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2019

CORPORATE  
GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance 

Committee Reports  

Report of the Directors 

Independent Auditor’s Report  

46

48

62

68

71

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Board Directors serving as at the date of signing  
of this Report and Accounts are as follows:

Lord MacLaurin  
Chairman

Robin Totterman 
Group Chief Executive Officer

Chris Kay 
Group Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Hancock FCA 
Senior Independent Director

C

C

TENURE

Lord MacLaurin has served as 
a Board Chairman of INSPECS 
Holdings Limited since 8 March 
2017. 

Robin has been a Board member 
since founding INSPECS in 1988.

Chris has been involved with 
INSPECS since it was founded in  
1988 and served as a Board member    
for INSPECS Holdings Limited since 
13 November 2013.

Christopher has served as a Board 
member for INSPECS Holdings 
Limited since 8 March 2017. 

SKILLS, COMPETENCE AND EXPERIENCE 

Lord Ian MacLaurin is a well-known 
figure in business with a stellar 
track record of successfully leading 
plc companies through significant 
change. Having served as chairman 
of Tesco between 1985 and 1997, 
which he is credited with building 
up into the UK’s largest retailer, 
Lord MacLaurin went on to serve as 
the chairman of Vodafone between 
1999 and 2006. His tenure in the 
House of Lords lasted over two 
decades. Lord MacLaurin brings 
invaluable insights and experience 
to the Group’s ambitious global 
growth plans.

Robin Totterman is an entrepreneur 
and forerunner in the branded 
eyewear industry with over 30 
years’ experience in eyewear 
licensing, design, manufacture 
and wholesale. Robin’s passion for 
design and fashion brought the 
first branded eyewear to the UK 
optical market (Jean-Paul Gaultier). 
His ability to recognise value and 
seize opportunity saw him complete 
the acquisition of Killine in 2017, 
creating a vertically-integrated 
Group rivalled by only a small 
number of eyewear firms. Prior to 
INSPECS, Robin worked at UBS-
Swiss Bank and Banque Paribas.

Chris Kay is a qualified chartered 
accountant and became a partner 
of Thorne Lancaster Parker, a UK 
accountancy and taxation firm, in 
1992 (of which he is now a non-
practising partner). He became 
Finance Director of INSPECS in 
2013 and works closely with Robin 
Totterman on strategy for the 
Group. Chris’ business development 
and M&A experience was pivotal 
to the execution and integration of 
INSPECS’ Killine Group acquisition. 

Christopher Hancock FCA has 
30 years’ experience in business 
development, restructuring and 
corporate finance. Christopher 
qualified as a chartered accountant 
with Arthur Andersen before 
entering investment banking, where 
he spent 10 years with JP Morgan. 
He established his own consultancy 
practice in 2009 and co-founded an 
FCA regulated corporate finance 
and investment management firm 
in 2012. Christopher brings a broad 
range of experience in business 
development, M&A and corporate 
finance across several sectors.

46

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Committee Membership Key

Audit & Risk Committee

Remuneration & Nomination Committee

Group Projects & Acquisitions Committee

C

Chairman

Retired Board Directors who held office during the financial 
year ending 31 December 2019 are detailed below, none of 
whom were independent Board Directors at any time during 
their tenure. 

Jeremy Brade* 
Investor Director; Member of 
Harwood Capital IV LLP

Appointed as INSPECS 
Holdings Ltd Board member 
8 March 2017, resigned 
10 January 2020.

Marc LeFebvre 
Killine Group  
Chief Executive 

INSPECS Holdings Limited 
Board member from 8 March 
2017 to 10 January 2020. 
Marc remains a valued senior 
member of staff, retaining 
responsibilities as head of 
Killine Group and reporting 
directly to INSPECS Group 
plc CEO. 

Max Totterman 
Director 

Appointed as INSPECS 
Holdings Limited Board 
member 1 August 2014, 
resigned 10 January 2020.

Tim Sturm* 
Alternate Investor Director; 
Member of Harwood Capital 
IV LLP

Appointed as Alternate 
Director to Jeremy Brade      
1 December 2018, resigned 
10 January 2020. 

Alexander Totterman  
Director 

Nick Winks* 
Investor Director; Member  
of Way Point Change LLP

Appointed as INSPECS 
Holdings Limited Board 
member 1 August 2014, 
resigned 10 January 2020.

Appointed as INSPECS 
Holdings Limited Board 
member 12 April 2017, 
resigned 31 May 2019.

* 

 Those detailed above were appointed to sit on INSPECS 
Holdings Limited Board acting on behalf of Harwood Capital IV 
LLP and Way Point Change LLP (together the ‘Investing LLPs’). 
The roles udertaken by these Directors to INSPECS Holdings 
Limited were not separable from those duties performed in 
their respective roles at the Investing LLPs. 

 These Directors did not receive any emoluments from the 
Group during the period to which this Report refers ,and no 
direct payments were made for Directors’ services within the 
management charges detailed within these and prior year 
annual accounts. 

 On 25 April 2019, INSPECS Group Plc was incorporated 
(company number 11963910). A share for share exchange took 
place prior to listing on the AIM Market of the London Stock 
Exchange, with INSPECS Group plc (formerly INSPECS Group 
Limited) replacing INSPECS Holdings Limited as the Parent 
Company on 14 January 2020.

Richard Peck 
Independent Director

Angela Farrugia  
Independent Director

Richard has served as a Board 
member since 10 January 2020.

Angela was appointed as a member 
of the Board on 12 May 2020.

Richard Peck is a consultant with 37 
years of optical experience. Richard 
brings a wealth of experience from 
working in other leading eyewear 
companies, such as David Clulow 
and Luxottica, where he held the 
position of managing director Retail 
Northern Europe between 2010 and 
2018. Richard’s retail background 
increases the Board’s diversity of 
skills, knowledge and experience.

Angela provided specialist advisory 
services to the Group from October 
2019 to the date of appointment to 
the Board.

Founder of the most successful 
brand management company in 
the world, Angela formed TLC 
(The Licensing Company Ltd) in 
London in 1996. Creating a new 
breed of agency, the business 
grew to encompass 24 offices in 16 
countries and amassed a roster of 
leading brand representations in 
various sectors, generating over 
$12.4bn in retail sales annually for 
its clients. In addition to 22 years 
operating experience gained 
within a challenging international 
business environment, Angela’s 
appointment has satisfied one of 
the Board’s objectives, increased 
Board diversity.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Board is responsible for determining the Group’s strategy for 
achieving long-term success and is ultimately accountable for the 
management, governance, controls, risk management, direction  
and performance of the Group.

Introduction from the Chairman

Having been the first Company or Group to list on the Alternative 
Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange in 2020, I am pleased to 
present the Group’s first Annual Report. 

As INSPECS Group plc Chairman, I am responsible for ensuring that the 
Board as a whole plays a full and constructive part in the development and 
determination of the Group’s strategy and overall commercial objectives.

One of those objectives in 2019 was to pay even greater attention to 
promoting the highest standards of integrity, probity and corporate 
governance throughout the Group. As a result, we have streamlined our 
corporate, Board, and governance structures to ensure commercial agility 
and effectiveness moving forward.

The Board is responsible for determining the Group’s strategy for 
achieving long-term success and is ultimately accountable for the 
management, governance, controls, risk management, direction and 
performance of the Group. The Board Directors recognise the value and 
importance of good corporate governance. An appropriate governance 
framework supports operational, financial and risk management, the 
effectiveness of which drives performance, and enables the achievement 
of strategic objectives for the benefit of all stakeholders. 

In preparation for admission to AIM, the Group reviewed its governance 
and risk frameworks and embarked on an intense programme of 
change. The revised structures and systems subsequently designed 
and implemented will help us operate with maximum effectiveness and 
efficiency. We aim to optimise our competitive positioning and instil trust 
and confidence in our stakeholders that we intend to deliver against our 
corporate objectives and create long-term sustainable value.

This section of our first Annual Report sets out the Group’s approach to 
governance, provides information on how the Board and its committees 
operate and details the steps we have taken to deliver against the 
objectives we set out to achieve during the period under review, and 
beyond. The corporate governance framework within which the Group 
now operates is based upon established practices which the Board 
believes are appropriate and proportionate to the size, risks, complexity 
and operations of the businesses in which INSPECS operates, and 
reflective of the Group’s values. 

Lord MacLaurin 
Chairman 

INSPECS Group plc

48

“As INSPECS Group plc 
Chairman, I am responsible  
for ensuring that the Board  
as a whole plays a full and 
constructive part in the 
development and 
determination of the Group’s 
strategy and overall 
commercial objectives.”

Lord MacLaurin 
Chairman 

INSPECS Group plc

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
The Board recognises the value and importance of good 
corporate governance and in January 2020, formally approved 
the adoption of the Quoted Companies’ Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code for Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies 
(“QCA Code”), with effect from the date of admission to AIM.

In compliance with AIM Rule 26, the Board’s Corporate 
Governance Statement describes how we comply with the  
10 Principles set out in the QCA guidelines. This Statement  
is available to view on our investor relations website  
www.inspecs.com/investors. The Board believes that it  
complies broadly with all Principles of the QCA Code. 

“Gender balance of Board  
Directors increased by 20%.”

BOARD DIVERSITY

The Board is accountable to a wide variety of the Group’s 
stakeholders including shareholders, customers, suppliers and 
employees. We report on our commitment to stakeholders and 
how we act responsibly on page 28. You can also read more 
about our people and culture on page 26 of this Annual Report.

1

The Board has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s system of 
internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. Information 
relating to how we manage risk can be found on pages 38 to 42 
and within the Principal Risks & Uncertainties section on page 39.

BOARD COMPOSITION

2

Male

Female

Independent  

Executive

5

4

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

The Quoted Companies Alliance (“QCA”) Corporate Governance Code Application 
and Compliance

DELIVER GROWTH
1 Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders

Application

Compliance

The Board must be able to express a 
shared view of the Group’s purpose, 
business model and strategy. It should

•  go beyond the simple description of 

The Board is responsible for the Group’s strategy and accountable for its implementation and 
management. The Group has a clear business model and defined five-year strategy, which is considered 
in its wider context at each Board meeting and also formally reviewed, and revised as necessary, on an 
annual basis.

products and corporate structures and 
set out how the Group intends to deliver 
shareholder value in the medium to 
long-term; and

Strategy forms part of a formal schedule of matters reserved for Board approval and is a standing 
Board meeting agenda item. Each year the Board dedicates at least one day per year to meet and 
discuss strategy. The strategy day shall be attended by the Board of Directors, executives and senior 
management, as appropriate. 

•  demonstrate that the delivery of 

long-term growth is underpinned by a 
clear set of values aimed at protecting 
the Group from unnecessary risk and 
securing its long-term future.

Promoting long-term value for shareholders is at the heart of what the Group continually seeks to achieve, 
and its proven track record of sales growth and profitability is testament to this approach.

Our Strategic Plan provides that in the next 12-24 months the Group will, inter alia:

a) 

 maintain investment in and development of our operating businesses, streamlining factory processes 
through technological advancement and lean management methodology;

b)   continue to utilise our business model blueprint and sustain the Group’s organic growth trajectory; 

and

c) 

 deliver long-term, sustainable value for shareholders.

The Group shares its vision and details of the implementation of its strategy through internal dialogue 
with employees, as well as external communications with investors and potential investors. The Group will 
also do this by way of public announcements and dissemination of information through this website, the 
Investor Relations web pages and the Annual Report.

2 Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations

Application

Compliance

Directors must develop a good 
understanding of the needs and 
expectations of all elements of the  
Group’s shareholder base.

The Board must manage shareholders’ 
expectations and should seek to 
understand the motivations behind 
shareholder voting decisions.

The Group is committed to open and ongoing engagement with its shareholders, and other stakeholders. 
Throughout the year the Directors have proactively maintained regular dialogue with institutional 
investors and other potential stakeholders. The Board has sought to ensure that shareholders aspirations 
and expectations of the group are understood and considered in light of the Group’s strategic aims. 
The Chairman attends meetings with investors and analysts, as required.

Communication with shareholders is co-ordinated by the Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Finance 
Officer, with assistance from FTI Consulting, who provide independent financial PR consultancy services, 
and the Group’s AIM-nominated advisors.

The Board is confident that it has an excellent understanding of the needs, interests and expectations 
of the Group’s stakeholders. The Board is not complacent, however, and investor relations activity and a 
review of the shareholder register are standing items on the Board’s agenda schedule.

General information about the Group is available on the Group’s website, which provides an overview of 
activities of the Group, and is accessible to retail and institutional investors alike. 

The Group has established a dedicated Investor Relations website (“IRW”) and FTI Consulting has been 
engaged by the Group since early 2019, providing shareholders and other stakeholders opportunity 
to open dialogue with dedicated external representatives, in addition to the Group’s internal 
representatives. Contact details for shareholder enquiries can be accessed on page [xx]. 

As we move through the course of the coming year shareholders will be able to view all Group 
announcements, including trading updates, via the IRW.

The Board is aware of the need to protect the interests of minority shareholders, whilst balancing these 
interests with those of any substantial shareholders All shareholders are generally encouraged to attend 
the Annual General Meetings (“AGM”) of the Group, which will be the principal opportunity for private 
shareholders to meet and discuss the Group’s business with the Directors. Due to the devastating 
pandemic, however, this is unlikely to be possible this year, but we will communicate with shareholders 
as soon as the situation becomes clearer. As at the date of signing this Report the UK is still in complete 
lockdown.

50

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

3 Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long- term success

Application

Compliance

Long-term success relies upon good 
relations with a range of different 
stakeholder groups both internal 
(workforce) and external (suppliers, 
customers, regulators and others). The 
Board needs to identify the Group’s 
stakeholders and understand their needs, 
interests and expectations.

Where matters that relate to the Group’s 
impact on society, the communities within 
which it operates, or the environment 
have the potential to affect the Group’s 
ability to deliver shareholder value over the 
medium to long-term, then those matters 
must be integrated into the Group’s 
strategy and business model. 

Feedback is an essential part of all control 
mechanisms. Systems need to be in place 
to solicit, consider and act on feedback 
from all stakeholder groups.

The Board recognises that the Group’s long-term success is reliant on the efforts of its employees, 
contractors, customers and suppliers. It is also mindful of the responsibility to consider, where practicable, 
the social, environmental and economic impact of our business operations. INSPECS has continually 
strived to ensure that strong professional relationships are forged with all stakeholders, both internally 
and externally. 

Long-standing relationships have been established, some for over 20 years, with many leading global 
retailers, including Specsavers, National Vision, Grand Vision (which includes Vision Express in the UK), 
Boots, TK Maxx, Costco, World Duty Free and Superdry retail outlets and global distributors, including 
Bode and Vistan Brillen. This is testament to our staff actively maintaining collaborative relationships 
with customers and suppliers and the Group having continued to foster a culture of positive 
engagement from within.

The Group is proud of its organisational culture and corporate ethos. The approach we take when dealing 
with clients, partners, advisors and other third parties has been instrumental in ensuring that we have 
low levels of staff turnover and few changes in the supply chain, which reduces risk to our businesses, 
maintains a high level of morale amongst staff and contributes to long-term shareholder value. 

We engage regularly with our customers, suppliers and government authorities across the world on wide 
variety of matters, including health and safety and social environmental matters.

We actively solicit, consider and act on feedback from all stakeholder groups. Key relationships with 
customers, suppliers, contractors and regulators are closely managed by the Executive Directors and 
senior management.

As part of our developing corporate social responsibility policies and to safeguard our employees and 
contractors, we follow the UK foreign office advice on travelling and working abroad in high risk countries 
and territories. As a Group we aim to minimise our carbon footprint; initiatives include the introduction 
of low energy LED lighting in our offices, waste recycling and the use of video-conferencing in place of 
international travel, where practical.

The Group also encourages all staff members to contribute to the success of the Group and welcomes 
ideas and input from the wider teams with regard to continually seeking to drive the business model and 
maintain long-term value for shareholders. 

Our staff engage with stakeholders when attending the various industry exhibitions and optical retail 
fairs held, which are six times during a normal calendar year. Here we hear first-hand what stakeholders 
seek and understand how to deliver what they need. These exhibitions provide valuable insight into our 
customers’ needs. 

In addition, we request feedback on our products and services from our customers and receive copies of 
independent factory audits which are carried out on behalf of our customers. The Board is appraised of 
any issues arising and any matters are dealt with expediently. 

Feedback is an essential part of all control mechanisms. Systems are in place to solicit, consider and act on 
feedback from all stakeholder groups. All new suppliers and contractors complete our KYC process and 
all contractors must agree to the terms of our anti-bribery policies. 

Recognising that more could be done to integrate corporate social responsibility matters, we revised 
our corporate governance framework significantly during the year and will continue to do so. CSR will 
become a greater focal point for strategy discussions and we will develop a new Group Corporate Social 
Responsibility (“CSR”) and implement revised or new CSR-related policies and procedures. We will 
articulate our approach to CSR in more detail in our disclosures going forward and the next Annual Report.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

DELIVER GROWTH CONTINUED
4 Embed effective risk management throughout the organisation, considering both opportunities and threats.

Application

Compliance

The Board needs to ensure that the 
Group’s risk management framework 
identifies and addresses all relevant risks 
in order to execute and deliver strategy; 
Groups need to consider their extended 
business, including the Group’s supply 
chain, from key suppliers to end-customer.

Setting strategy includes determining the 
extent of exposure to the identified risks 
that the Group is able to bear and willing 
to take (risk tolerance and risk appetite).

The Board is responsible for identifying the major risks facing the Group. The CEO is charged with 
ensuring that appropriate policies, controls and procedures are developed and implemented to manage 
those risks. 

The Group receives regular feedback from its external auditors on the state of its internal controls.  
Being acutely aware of the potential for risks to affect our businesses, however, we have:

•  Strengthened our risk management framework over the last year and will continue to do so over 

the coming year. To assist with this objective, we hired a number of additional staff and resources 
with extensive corporate governance, risk management, compliance, company secretarial and legal 
expertise gained within FTSE and AIM-listed international organisations;

•  The Board has established an Audit & Risk Committee and its remit includes risk management,  

taking into consideration the balance of risk and return, opportunity and threat; and

•  Developed a primary Group Corporate Risk Register.

Information on risk management and our principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 39 to 42.

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
5 Maintain the Board as a well-functioning balanced team led by the Chair

Application

Compliance

The Board members have a collective 
responsibility and legal obligation to 
promote the interests of the Group and 
are collectively responsible for defining 
corporate governance arrangements. 
Ultimate responsibility for the quality of, 
and approach to, corporate governance 
lies with the Chair of the Board. 

The Board (and any committees) should 
be provided with high quality information 
in a timely manner to facilitate proper 
assessment of the matters requiring a 
decision or insight.

The Board should have an appropriate 
balance between executives and Directors 
and should have at least two Independent 
Directors. Independence is a Board 
judgement. 

The Board should be supported by 
committees (e.g. audit, remuneration, 
nomination) that have the necessary skills 
and knowledge to discharge their duties 
and responsibilities effectively. Directors 
must commit the time necessary to fulfil 
their roles.

The Group’s Board comprises four independent Directors and two Executive Directors who, collectively, 
have over 150 years’ Board-level experience. Their complementary skills and professional, dynamic and 
innovative approach set the tone of the Board, which will continue to function well and drive achievement 
of the Group’s corporate objectives.

The Group’s Chairman has a stellar track record of successfully leading plc companies through significant 
change. He is responsible for the leadership and effective working of the Board, for setting the Board 
agenda, and ensuring that Directors receive accurate, timely and clear information.

The Chief Executive is responsible for the operational management of the business of the Group and for 
the implementation of strategy and policies as agreed by the Board. 

The Directors are considered by the Board to be independent of management and free to exercise 
independence of judgement. Our IR website provides information regarding the Group’s corporate 
governance policies and processes. A description of the roles of the Directors is provided on page 46.

As mentioned above, the Group undertook a corporate governance review in 2019 and continues to 
strengthen the Group’s governance frameworks as part of our ongoing commitment to maintain the 
highest standards of governance. In light of the assessment findings and our governance objectives the 
following actions have been taken: 

•  We have recruited additional suitably qualified and skilled resource to assist the Board and Board sub-

committees in meeting the Group’s legal, regulatory and obligations;

•  The following committees and steering groups have been established:

–  Board Audit & Risk Committee

–  Board Remuneration & Nomination Committee

–  Board Group Projects & Acquisitions Committee

–  Executive Risk Management Committee

–  Regional Operational Management Committees

–  Group Information and Communications Technology Steering Committee 

The responsibilities of each of the Board committees are detailed on pages 62 to 67.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK CONTINUED
6 Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

Application

Compliance

The Board must have an appropriate 
balance of sector, financial and public 
markets skills and experience, as well 
as an appropriate balance of personal 
qualities and capabilities. The Board 
should understand and challenge its own 
diversity, including gender balance, as 
part of its composition.

The Board should not be dominated by 
one person or a group of people. Strong 
personal bonds can be important but can 
also divide a Board. 

As businesses evolve, the mix of skills and 
experience required on the board will 
change, and Board composition will  
need to evolve to reflect this change.

The individuals who have been appointed to the Board have been selected specifically because of the 
skills and experience they can offer. The Board of Directors have exemplary credentials and a broad range 
and balance of skills and experience, materially enhancing the collective knowledge of the Board. We 
expect these attributes will to continue to contribute to the overall performance of the Board and success 
of the Group.

Full biographical details of each of the current Directors are included within the Board of Directors page of 
our website and can be accessed on page 46. We will expand upon the detail on the skills and experience 
each Director brings to the Board and training the Directors have undertaken during the year in order to 
maintain an appropriate level of knowledge and skill in future communication with stakeholders.

A succession plan for all Directors, senior managers and key staff was created in December. The Board 
will review succession plans on a regular basis in the future, at least annually. The Directors undertook 
professional development and education training in Q4 2019 also, and the Board intends to establish a 
formal Directors’ annual professional development and training programme from 2020. 

7 Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement

Application

Compliance

The Board should regularly review the 
effectiveness of its performance as a unit, 
as well as that of its committees and the 
individual Directors. 

The Board performance review may be 
carried out internally or, ideally, externally 
facilitated from time to time. The review 
should identify development or mentoring 
needs of individual Directors or the wider 
senior management team. 

It is healthy for membership of the Board 
to be periodically refreshed. Succession 
planning is a vital task for boards. No 
member of the Board should become 
indispensable.

Succession planning has been an area of focus and the following steps have been taken as part of the 
succession planning strategy:

•  The Board has appointed one of its NEDs to act as a Senior Independent Director (‘SID’). The SID will act 
as Deputy Chair, stepping into the role of Board Chair in the future if required, and be another point of 
contact for shareholders; 

•  The Board sub-committee terms of reference have also been drafted to provide for rotation of the 

committee Chair, thereby periodically refreshing the roles of members within each governance forum; 
and

•  Succession planning will continue to be a part of Board discussions this coming year. The Board, with 
assistance from the Remuneration & Nomination Committee, will consider the need for the periodic 
refreshing of its membership, and ensure that the skill-sets and time commitment provided by the Board 
members continues to be aligned with corporate strategy and risk management.

The Board was evaluated in 2019 and we intend to instruct a full evaluation of the effectiveness Board, 
Board sub-committees and individual Directors again in 2021.

Following these performance and effectiveness reviews the Directors will reflect on all subsequent 
findings and, where areas for improvement are identified, specific actions will be set and completed 
within an appropriate timescale. Progress of these actions will be monitored on a regular basis, through to 
completion and results communicated to key stakeholders as appropriate in subsequent Annual Reports.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK CONTINUED
8 Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

Application

Compliance

The Board should embody and 
promote a corporate culture that 
is based on sound ethical values 
and behaviours and use it as an 
asset and a source of competitive 
advantage.

The policy set by the Board should 
be visible in the actions and 
decisions of the Chief Executive 
and the rest of the management 
team. Corporate values should 
guide the objectives and strategy 
of the Group.

The culture should be visible in 
every aspect of the business, 
including recruitment, 
nominations, training and 
engagement. 

The performance and reward 
system should endorse the 
desired ethical behaviours across 
all levels of the Group. 

The corporate culture should 
be recognisable throughout the 
disclosures in the Annual Report, 
website and any other statements 
issued by the Group.

INSPECS has a strong ethical culture, which is promoted by the actions of the Board and executive team and 
mirrored by our staff. Collaboration and commitment are recognised as central to the success of our strategy. 
The Group operates an ‘open door’ policy and we promote an environment where all staff are regularly invited to 
contribute and voice their ideas or concerns. All staff are treated equally and with respect for the role they play 
within the INSPECS organisation. 

We pride ourselves on our diverse pool of ‘home-grown’ talent and the values that our staff embody, mirroring 
the ‘tone from the top’. A significant number of our employees having remained faithfully committed for many 
years, some in excess of ten years. Our culture of positive engagement was evidenced by the accolade awarded by 
interior design consultancy Wylde Interior Architecture Ltd which named INSPECS as “the happiest workplace” in 
November 2018.

In 2019 the Group undertook a review of all key policies at the end of 2019 and commenced a staff training and 
development programme focused on areas where ethics and moral values play a significant part, to include:

•  Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption  

•  Whistleblowing

•  General Data Protection Regulations 

•  Privacy notices, internal and externally facing

•  Group Disclosure of Information 

•  Share Dealing Code 

•  Corporate Gifts & Hospitality

•  Risk Management

•  Conflicts of Interest

Following the Group policies assurance review we have implemented, or are currently in the process of 
implementing, new processes, procedures, guidance and training programmes across the Group. We seek to ensure 
we are well-placed to demonstrate risk management control and compliance with legal, regulatory and statutory 
requirements. 

In 2019 the Group also carried out the following actions:

•  Established an executive risk management committee, whose membership is comprised of key personnel 

operating in each of the region across the world, ensuring collaborative effort and focus on subsidiary governance; 
and

•  Introduced a Group Corporate Gifts & Hospitality Register, following implementation of the Conflicts of Interest 

Policy and revision of the Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy. 

9 Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and  

support good decision-making by the Board

Application

Compliance

The Group should maintain 
governance structures and processes 
in line with its corporate culture and 
appropriate to its 

•  size and complexity; and 

•  capacity, appetite and tolerance 

for risk.

The governance structures should 
evolve over time in parallel with its 
objectives, strategy and business 
model to reflect the development of 
the Group.

Corporate Governance may be described as the operational frameworks and groups of systems by which 
companies are directed and controlled. Such systems include policies, processes and procedures which are 
developed in line with a Group’s strategic aims. 

A model for governance refers to how those policies, systems, structures, and frameworks interface with each 
other and outlines the responsibility for them, whether responsibility lies with the Board as a whole, or with the 
individual Board members, or the Group’s management and staff.

The Board is accountable for the governance arrangements of the Group and is aided by three Board 
sub-committees; Remuneration & Nomination Committee, Audit & Risk Committee and Group Projects & 
Acquisitions Committee. 

The Group has largely operated within an ‘Anglo-American’ governance model, widely known as ‘the unitary 
system’ with shareholders’ interests’ emphasis. The Group has, however, increasingly co-ordinated its activities 
and evolved in line with the ‘multi-stakeholder’ model which recognises the interests of workers, managers, 
suppliers, customers, and the community, as well as shareholders, reflecting the continued development of the 
Group.

The Group’s corporate governance arrangements facilitate the entrepreneurial drive of the Board and provides 
a platform for the Group’s businesses to flourish within a controlled framework to mitigate risk and ensure 
effective control and prudent management, which brings long-term success. 

The Board believes that appropriate governance structures are in place, based on the size, complexity and risk 
tolerance of the Group. The governance and risk management frameworks will continue to be monitored by 
the Board as the Group continue to evolve over time, to ensure alignment with the Group’s objectives, business 
model, strategy, size and complexity, and changes to risk appetite. 

Summary details of the Group’s corporate governance arrangements are provided within this Corporate 
Governance Statement. Further detail, including the Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board, Board and 
Board Committee Member biographies, roles and responsibilities, terms of reference for each of the Board sub-
committees, can be found on our Investor Relations website https://inspecs.com/investors.

54

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

BUILD TRUST

10 Communicate how the Group is governed and is performing by  

maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

Application

Compliance

A healthy dialogue should exist between 
the Board and all its stakeholders, 
including shareholders, to enable all 
interested parties to come to informed 
decisions about the Company. 

The Group has engaged in extensive dialogue with a wide range of stakeholders, shareholders and 
potential shareholders over the last year, prior to listing its securities on the Alternative Investment Market 
(“AIM”). Stakeholders have been provided with a plethora of INSPECS information, in accordance with the 
guidelines of the AIM Rules for Companies, Market Abuse Regulations, Companies Act 2006 and all other 
relevant legislation, as required. 

In particular, appropriate communication 
and reporting structures should exist 
between the Board and all constituent 
parts of its shareholder base. This will 
assist:

•  the communication of shareholders’ 

views to the Board; and

•  the shareholders’ understanding of the 
unique circumstances and constraints 
faced by the Group.

It should be clear where these 
communication practices are described 
(Annual Report or website).

Further planned 2020 activities:

•  Continue to encourage two-way communication with both institutional and private investors, and 

respond quickly to all queries received;

•  Enable the Group Chairman, Group CEO and Group CFO to liaise regularly with the Group’s major 

shareholders and ensure that their views are communicated fully to the Board;

•  Produce a series of updates throughout the year relating to the Group’s performance and make these 

publicly available via submission to the Regulatory News Service (“RNS”) of the London Stock Exchange 
Group plc (“LSEG”) distributed by RNS reach. Copies of all RNS announcements will be found on the 
investor section of the Group’s website[;]

•  Provide further information during the year as well as Annual Reports and information about 

shareholder voting at Annual General Meetings of the Group. These details will be set out in the 
Group’s aforementioned investor relations website; and

•  The Directors will make themselves available to listen to the views of shareholders both formally at 

annual general meetings and informally during the year as appropriate. The Group will publish copies 
of all resolutions passed at general meetings via the investor relations website.

ONGOING COMMUNICATION WITH  
SHAREHOLDERS AND STAKEHOLDERS
Ongoing, transparent and effective engagement with 
shareholders and key stakeholders is paramount and we will 
continue to communicate with our stakeholders, principally 
via the Annual Report, the half year and full-year results 
announcements, trading updates where appropriate, annual 
general meetings and the Group’s websites. The Board’s 
Corporate Governance Statement and Modern Slavery Act 
statement can be found on our new investor relations website 
https://inspecs.com/investors.

The website will be updated regularly with information 
regarding the Group’s activities and performance. Reports, 
presentations and notices of Annual General Meetings will be 
made available on the website when available, as will the results 
of voting at shareholder meetings.

As with all businesses, risks are inherent at each point of our 
business model and need to be managed. Since risks are not 
static and can manifest themselves in many ways, the Group’s 
approach to risk management must remain dynamic, flexible and 
responsive. 

The aim of our risk framework is to provide a forward-looking 
process for managing known threats and assessing how 
potential threats and uncertainties could impact the Group. 
We also take a proactive approach, considering risks from a 
positive perspective to ascertain whether any might provide 
opportunity for the Group in its endeavours. 

A central component of our risk governance framework is 
the Group’s policies and minimum standards, which inform 
the business as to how activities are to be carried out, risks 
managed, and standards met. Our policies are regularly 
reviewed and updated to ensure we comply with ever-changing 
legal and regulatory requirements and communicate the risk 
appetite of the Board to the Group’s employees as appropriate.

A corporate risk register has been created by the Group 
Governance Compliance and Risk Officer, to be reviewed by 
the Audit & Risk Committee and the Board on a quarterly basis. 
The register considers the impact, probability, controls in place 
and any mitigating factors to be considered for each risk.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

THREE LINES OF DEFENCE 

Three Lines of Defence – Group Application of Risk Management Principles
The Board and senior management rely on line functions within the organisation to support risk management. The ‘Three Lines 
of Defence’ model is an established framework which determines risk management responsibilities. This model is adapted and 
applied as considered appropriate. Staff engaged in quality control activities often fall within first and second lines of defence and 
some functions, and certain personnel with a broad range of responsibilities, may straddle both the first and second line defence, 
or second and third line. 

First Line of Defence – Policies, Policy Owners, Operational Management and Front-Line Staff
All staff are inducted in accordance with their role responsibilities and established induction processes require staff to attest 
that they will adhere to Group codes of conduct and other policies and associated internal standards and procedures which 
form part of the first line of defence framework. Operational management has ownership, responsibility and accountability for 
directly assessing, controlling and mitigating risks as first line of defence. Personnel responsible for policy maintenance and 
compliance act as first line of defence as they:

i)  are aware of their duties regarding the policies they are responsible for; and

ii)  understand the function of these policies and how they align with individual roles across the Group.

Second Line of Defence – Risk Management, Monitoring, Control and Compliance
The second line of defence refers to activities covered by several components of internal governance, such as compliance, 
risk management, quality, IT and other control departments that carry out monitoring, facilitate the implementation of risk 
management practices set by operational management and assist in reporting adequate risk-related information in line with 
the governance framework and organisational reporting procedures. 

Third Line of Defence – Independent Assessment and Assurance activities
The Board has generally charged external advisors with carrying out independent assessments, due diligence and assurance 
projects. Any independent assessments and assurance work is carried out in line with established frameworks employed by 
professional external firms that the Board instructs. 

INTERNAL AUDIT (“IA”)
The Group does not have an IA function. The Board 
understands that a dedicated IA function can play a key role 
within a corporate governance structure and support effective 
risk management as an organisation’s third line of defence. 

The Group’s first and second line of defence can be utilised to 
carry out some IA support work. The Group Risk Management 
Committee, and Executive Management Committee headed 
up by the Group Governance, Risk & Compliance Officer, will 
undertake certain third line of defence responsibilities, as 
detailed in the internal management committee’s Terms of 
Reference.

The wider Group Companies are also subject to regular 
independent audits and have been found to be fully compliant. 
Following these external independent audits, unmodified 
opinions have been issued, having obtained both sufficient 
and appropriate audit evidence that the financial statements 
present a true and fair view and are free from material 
misstatement.

Having considered the relative simplicity of the business 
and the regular review performed by external auditors and 
assessors on behalf of customers, the Board has determined 
that the Group does not require an IA function at the present 
time but will review the potential need for this on a regular 
basis. 

MANUFACTURING AUDITS
The Group’s manufacturing operations are subject to stringent 
regulatory controls, especially in relation to optical eyewear. 
Regular on-site independent audits are also carried out 
throughout the year by external auditors, under the instruction 
of the Group’s various global retail partners and licensors. The 
Board receives copy of independent Audit Reports from the 
various regions in a timely manner when requested. The Board 
Audit & Risk Committee are mandated to review these audit 
reports on behalf of the Board.

56

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

BOARD COMPOSITION, DIVERSITY AND TENURE
During the reporting period and subsequently, the Board 
considered its composition, collective skills, diversity and 
both enabling and limiting factors to performance over the 
year. Further to the Board review, the following changes and 
improvements were brought into effect: 

•  Retirement of six Board Directors, reducing the net number 
of members from ten Directors to six, and the number of 
non-independent Board Directors by 75%;

•  Number of independent Directors increased by 100% ;

•  Gender balance of Board Directors increased by 20%;

•  Greater diversity of collective skills and experience, 

following the appointment of a proprietary brand marketing 
and licensing specialist and an eyewear specialist with over 
30 years’ experience of retail markets;

•  Demonstrable compliance with Principle 5 of the QCA 

Code.

The Board believes that it has the optimum level of skills and 
knowledge, and the necessary up-to-date experience and 
collective capabilities, required to discharge its duties and 
responsibilities effectively and deliver the Group’s strategy for 
the benefit of shareholders over the medium to long term. 

The Board now consists of three male Directors, one female 
Director and two Executive Directors. the Board supports the 
Financial Reporting Council’s aim of encouraging diversity. 
Given the stage of the Group’s development and number of 
employees, there is currently no formal diversity policy in place. 
However, this is something that will be considered by the Board 
as the Group grows. The following table provides a breakdown 
by gender as at the date of this Report.

Gender Representation as at the date of signing this Report

Board of Directors

Senior Managers*

Total

Male

Female

Total

5

10

15

1

3

4

6

13

19

* 

 A person who a) has responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the 
activities of the Company, or a strategically significant part of the Group, 
and (b) is an employee of the Group (UK Companies Act 2006 (as amended)), 
incorporates directors of the undertakings included in the consolidation, 
unless already disclosed under ‘Board of Directors’.

The Group was not a public entity during the period 1 January 
– 31 December 2019; Admission to AIM took place on 27 
February 2020. Gender representation for other employees will, 
therefore, be disclosed in our next Annual Report & Accounts.

BOARD & BOARD COMMITTEE EFFECTIVENESS REVIEWS
The Board intends to keep under review the effectiveness of 
its performance, the performance of its committees and the 
performance of individual Directors. The aforementioned 
corporate restructure and repositioning of the Group Board 
took place in January. Consequently, we consider it appropriate 
for an effectiveness review to take place next year, allowing a 
full year’s business cycle of Board and committee activities to 
be assessed, providing more meaningful input and outputs. 

HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
The Board is responsible for the Group’s strategy and for 
its overall management. The operation of the Board is 
documented in a formal Schedule of Matters Reserved to the 
Board which clearly established responsibilities of the Board. 
The Group Chief Executive also operates under formal Board-
delegated authority. Division of responsibility and clear lines 
of accountability are set out within the Board-Delegation of 
Authority to the CEO, which is reviewed on an annual basis 
and formally submitted at a meeting of the Board for the 
Board to review and approve. The Group CEO is subsequently 
invited to formally accept the delegation, which is recorded 
in the minutes of the meeting in accordance with good 
governance practice. 

The Chairman, aided by the Company Officers, is responsible 
for ensuring that the Directors receive accurate and timely 
information. The Company Officers make themselves available 
to assist the Board and take minutes of each meeting. Every 
Director is aware of the right to have any concerns minuted.

BOARD MEMBERS’ INDEPENDENCE
The Board considers each Director to be independent of 
management. The Board is ably led by the Chairman and there 
is constructive divergence of opinion at appropriate times 
amongst the Board members, who each are unencumbered 
and levy enquiry and challenge as they see fit. 

The Group Chief Executive Officer is the founder of the 
INSPECS business and retains a large shareholding. The level 
of shareholding has not affected the Board’s ability to exercise 
independent judgement. Decision-making is not concentrated 
in any individual and professional integrity of the Executive 
Directors ensures that the Board is a collaborative unit, 
maintaining appropriate focus and oversight for the protection 
of all shareholders.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Board has effective procedures in place to monitor and 
manage conflicts of interests. ‘Directors’ declarations’ is a 
standing Board and Board committee agenda item. Each Board 
or Committee member is required to declare any interests in 
the matters to be discussed and are regularly reminded of their 
duty to disclose any actual or potential conflicts of interest. 

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Demonstrating further commitment to compliance with 
the QCA Code, the Board appointed Christopher Hancock 
as Senior Independent Director (“SID”) with effect from 27 
February 2020. Christopher is also Deputy Chair-elect and will 
act as Lord MacLaurin’s alternate when required.

DIRECTORS’ TRAINING AND PROFESSIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT
The Directors are aware of the need to keep their knowledge 
and skills up to date. During the year under review the Board 
attended Directors’ briefings and training delivered by Peel 
Hunt LLP and Macfarlanes LLP. Additional materials were also 
provided to support the Directors’ continued development and 
ensure that they were appraised regularly throughout the year on 
matters relating to fiduciary, statutory and regulatory obligations 
required to be met by Directors of a public limited company. 

BOARD DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY TO COMMITTEES
In preparation for admission to AIM the Board approved terms 
of reference for three Board sub-committees, effective from 
admission and thereafter to be established as part of the 
revised Group corporate governance framework. 

With effect from the Group’s admission to AIM, the Board 
has delegated specific responsibilities to three new sub-
committees; the Audit & Risk Committee, Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee and Group Projects & Acquisitions 
Committee. Summary details of each are provided below. 

These terms of reference will be reviewed at appropriate 
intervals to ensure they remain appropriate and reflect 
any changes in legislation, regulation or best practice. In 
line with widely accepted good governance practice and 
compliance with the QCA Code, all Audit & Risk Committee 
and Remuneration & Nomination Committee members are 
independent Directors. Further information and committee 
mandate summaries can be found on pages 62 and 67

BOARD MEETINGS, ATTENDANCE & TIME COMMITMENT
The Board meets at least six times per year and receives 
monthly Board packs from the Group Chief Finance Officer. 
Directors communicate directly with Executive Directors and 
senior management between formal Board meetings. 

Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board 
and the Committees on which they may sit, and to devote 
sufficient time to the Group’s affairs to enable them to fulfil 
their duties. If Directors are unable to attend a meeting, they 
are still expected to review any meeting papers and provide 
comments in advance of, to be considered at, the meeting 
to ensure that their contribution can be included in the wider 
Board discussion. The Board considers that each Director is 
able and willing to commit the time necessary to fulfil their 
respective roles.

The following table shows all Directors’ attendance at scheduled 
meetings during the year under review and up to the date of this 
Annual Report:

In the reporting period  
01 January – 31 December 2019

In the period  
01 January 2019 – 30 April 2020

5 Board  
meetings held

9 Board  
meetings held

2 Audit & Risk 
Committee  
meetings held

1 Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee 
meeting held

Directors in attendance for the period noted

4~

5~

5

5~

41 

41 

1*

–

8

9

9

9

–

–

–

7

2

2

/

/

–

–

–

2

1

1

/

/

–

–

–

1

Group Directors

Lord MacLaurin (Chair) **

Christopher Hancock **

Robin Totterman

Chris Kay

Mark Lefebvre 

Jeremy Brade/Timothy Sturm 

Nick Winks*

Richard Peck^

~   December 2019 meeting as Directors elect

*  

Director, resigned 31 May 2019

/  

1 

 Executive Directors are not members of the Audit & Risk  
Committee or Remuneration & Nomination Committees

 December 2019 meeting attended by INSPECS Group plc Board  
Directors elect only

**  

 In line with Board strategy, resigned from INSPECS Holdings (holding 
Company prior to share for share reorganisation) Ltd Board 10 January 
2020 and reappointed as Directors of INSPECS Group plc (the new holding 
Company replacing INSPECS Holdings Limited, following share for share 
reorganisation executed immediately prior to IPO) 10 January 2020

–   Not in office

^   Appointed 10 January 2020

58

 
>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

SCHEDULE OF MATTERS  
RESERVED TO THE BOARD
A well-functioning set of Committees can advance, 
but should not supplant, the work of the full Board. 
The Board is ultimately accountable for the long-
term success of the Group and consequently 
maintains a formal Schedule of Matters Reserved 
to the Board. Retaining determinative authority 
reduces risk, demonstrates good governance 
practices, and ensures a clear division of 
responsibilities and accountability. The range of key 
business matters reserved to the Board for review 
and approval include:

•  Setting strategy, risk appetite and corporate 

objectives

•  The structure and sources of capital and funding 

of the Group

•  Significant corporate transactions, expenditure 

proposals

•  Resource allocation beyond any delegated 

authority 

•  Statutory reports, budgets and forecasts 

•  Group governance, internal control, risk 
monitoring and compliance frameworks

•  Communication with shareholders, advisors and 

other key stakeholders

•  Changes to Board membership or structure

•  Key Group policies and committee mandates, 

ensuring effective stewardship and compliance 
with statute, law and regulation

•  Directors’ indemnification and insurance 

An Annual Schedule of Board Business Matters 
details all regular agenda items that require 
the Board’s attention at appropriate intervals 
throughout the year, in line with the financial cycle 
of the Group. Annual agenda schedules were also 
prepared for the Audit & Risk Committee and 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee prior to 
their inaugural meetings. 

INSPECS Holdings Limited Board which comprised all the 
current INSPECS Group plc Board members (except for Richard 
Peck and Angela Farrugia, appointed 10 January 2020 and 12 
May 2020, respectively), met nine times during the period. In 
addition, the same Directors met three times collectively as 
INSPECS Group Board Directors elect in the reporting period.  

Further to the period under review, the Board have held 
and attended all INSPECS Group plc Board meetings no 
less than nine times between January this year and the date 
of this Report. The Board sub-committee members have 
also convened in addition to the Board meetings.  This 
demonstrates the Directors’ ability to commit the necessary 
time to their respective roles in order to carry out their duties 
effectively.

CORPORATE CALENDAR
A Corporate Calendar agreed by the Board details the 
scheduled dates of Board and Committee meetings for the 
year, including dates for the planned Board strategy day and 
Annual General Meeting of the Group. 

CARBON EMISSIONS
The Group’s UK operations involve less than 250 employees 
and, with reference to the UK Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2014, have minimal 
greenhouse gas emissions to report for the period to 31 
December 2019. 

Companies Act 2006, as amended, Part 7 disclosures 
concerning greenhouse gas emissions applies to the Directors’ 
Report for a financial year if the company is a quoted company. 
The Group was not a public listed Group during the period 
1 January – 31 December 2019; Admission to AIM took place 
on 27 February 2020. We will, therefore, report on the carbon 
emissions from the operations of all Group subsidiaries within 
our next Annual Report & Accounts.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (“KPIs”)
The Group has utilised financial KPIs for many years. 
Information relating to financial KPIs can be found on page 35, 
and within the Notes to the Accounts (pages 91 to 137). We 
are in the process of developing and testing non-financial key 
performance indicators across the Group and look forward to 
providing information relating to non-financial KPIs in our next 
Annual Report & Accounts.

POLICY ON PAYMENT FOR LOSS OF OFFICE
No payments for loss of office have been required to be paid. 
Should a situation arise where the Group was duty bound 
or otherwise legally obliged to advance any payment for 
loss of office, this would be assessed by the Remuneration 
& Nomination Committee, taking into account contractual 
obligations, and determination recommended by the 
Committee to the Board for approval.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

POLICY FOR NEW APPOINTMENT
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee will be charged 
with considering the policy for new appointments. It is 
expected that base salary levels will consider market data for 
the relevant role, internal relativities, the individual’s experience 
and their current base salary. Where an individual is recruited at 
below market norms, they may be re-aligned over time (e.g. two 
to three years), subject to performance in the role. Benefits will 
generally be in accordance with the approved policy.

For external and internal appointments, the Board may agree 
that the Group will meet certain relocation and/or incidental· 
expenses as appropriate.

EXTERNAL ADVISORS
The Board seeks advice and guidance on various matters from 
its financial broker and Nominated Advisor, Peel Hunt LLP, and 
obtained legal counsel from Macfarlanes LLP. In the year under 
review, BDO also provided a report to the Board in relation to 
specialist tax advisory services. 

DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
The Group has arranged insurance cover to mitigate adverse 
cost risk in respect of legal action which could be brought 
against its Directors. To the extent permitted by UK law, the 
Group also indemnifies the Directors. These provisions were in 
force throughout the reporting period, and remain in force at 
the date of this Report.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

BOARD ACTIVITY DURING THE PERIOD 
One of the first initiatives we undertook in preparation for 
application to list on AIM was to revisit the existing governance 
infrastructure and devise a framework appropriate for the 
Group. It was particularly important, during a time of significant 
organisational change, to ensure that the outputs of various 
work streams were subjected to robust systems of challenge 
and independent oversight, with material decisions being 
escalated to the Board. Business matters requiring the Board’s 
attention and activities undertaken during the year included:

Strategy and Operations
•  Strategic planning and delivery of objectives – following 
completion of the AIM admission process the Group 
successfully listed on the stock exchange on 27 February 
2020

•  Expansion of the Vietnam manufacturing facility

•  Establishment of Long-Term Incentive Plan and employee 

shares programme 

•  Succession planning for all Board members, senior 

management and key Group staff

Stakeholder Relations and Communications
•  Engagement of FTI Consulting to act on behalf of the 
Group and ensure appropriate, effective and timely 
communications  
to the market and act as conduit to facilitate IPO

•  Extensive engagement with a wide variety of stakeholders, 

institutional investors

•  Developing our working relationship with our Nominated 

Lord MacLaurin of Knebworth - $nil

• 

• 

Robin Totterman - $217,000

Advisor and Broker

•  Chris Kay - $138,000

•  Christopher Hancock - $nil

• 

Richard Peck - $nil

60

Corporate Governance & Risk Management
•  Board composition review and revision to the Board 

structure

•  Governance and risk reviews across all areas of the 

Group’s businesses, resulting in the establishment of a 
revised corporate governance structures and Board sub-
committees

•  Recruitment of additional resources and highly qualified 
senior managers qualified accountants, Governance, 
Compliance & Risk Officer, Information Technology Manager 
to bolster the Group’s collective capabilities and mitigate 
risk of non-compliance with ongoing obligations as a newly 
listed public limited enterprise

•  Consulted with a variety of stakeholders and external 
advisors to ensure the proposed enhancements and 
actions governance and risk management frameworks and 
proposed processes, procedures and implementation plans 
were appropriate for the Group once listed

•  Revised the Group’s governance structures in preparation 

for listing on AIM

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

• 

Initiated a number of projects to be implemented by 
executives and senior managers, ensuring an integrated 
approach to governance was coupled with effective change-
management control

•  Group policies assurance review

•  Review of independent legal due diligence and assurance 
activity carried out across the whole Group in preparation 
for the IPO

Finance
•  Change of Group accounting standards – adoption of IFRS 

•  New Group banking facilities 

•  Group tax assurance review

Professional Training and Development
•  Several Directors’ briefing sessions were provided by 

external advisors Macfarlanes LLP and Peel Hunt LLP, Broker 
and NOMAD, to ensure that they were fully prepared to 
undertake additional duties and obligations as directors  
of a public limited company

GROUP POLICIES & BOARD STATEMENTS
To ensure content accuracy and ongoing compliance with laws 
and regulations applicable to the Group, many policies were 
reviewed, revised and approved by the Board during the year, 
including outlined below. 

All new key Group policies and any revised policies or 
statements requiring Board approval or formal adoption, were 
also subject to external scrutiny during the AIM admission 
process. Independent legal advisors and auditors were 
charged with undertaking appropriate legal due diligence and 
assessment of the Group’s policies and procedures, thereafter 
providing assurance reports to the Group’s Nominated AIM 
Advisor, Peel Hunt LLP, and the Board.

Whistleblowing Policy
Whistleblowing is an Audit & Risk Committee agenda item and 
any incidents reported will be relayed to the Committee in a 
timely manner. During the period under review there were no 
Whistleblowing incidents reported for consideration.

Anti–Bribery & Anti-Corruption Policy
The Group’s Anti-bribery and Anti-corruption Policy sets out 
our zero-tolerance position. This has also been revised and 
updated to provide additional information and guidance to 
those working for the Group, providing explicit examples 
of bribery and corruption ‘red flags’ to reduce the risk of 
failure to recognise potential bribery and corruption or deal 
appropriately with such issues. During the period, there were 
no incidents of bribery or corruption reported or identified for 
consideration.

The Board also approved new policies and statements in order 
to meet legal and regulatory obligations upon admission to 
AIM. Accordingly, our Corporate Governance Statement and 
Modern Slavery Statement are available to view on the Group’s 
investor relations website https://inspecs.com/investors.

Share Dealing Code
With effect from Admission, in accordance with Rule 21 of 
the AIM Rules, INSPECS Group plc adopted a share dealing 
code considered appropriate for a company whose shares are 
admitted to trading on AIM. The Directors and staff received 
copies of all relevant information and guidance, and personal 
briefings on the matter of shareholdings and regulations 
governing share dealings. 

The Board also introduced a Group Disclosure of Information 
Policy.

Whilst also having regard to its size and the resources available, 
we shall continue to review the Group’s systems of internal 
control and adherence to best practice and, supported by the 
Board’s committees, build on the work carried out already as 
part of the enhancement and implementation plan.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Group Projects & Acquisitions Committee
All material Group projects and acquisitions have been 
historically reviewed and approved, if thought fit, by the 
Board. Given the additional responsibilities required of an 
AIM-listed Board under the ‘Continuing Obligations Regime’ 
the Board considered it prudent to delegate authority to a 
forum specifically tasked with reviewing potential merger and 
acquisition transactions and other investment initiatives on 
behalf of the Group. 

The new Group Projects & Acquisitions Committee (‘GPAC’) 
will convene on an ad hoc basis at the discretion of the 
Board. This Committee is authorised to approve merger and 
acquisition transactions, and investment transactions by the 
Group, within the parameters set by the Board. Formal Terms 
of Reference, including investment criteria, responsibilities 
of a project sponsor, project scope guidance and financial 
limits, beyond which the Committee is required to defer to the 
Board, have been approved by the Board and will be reviewed 
at least annually. 

As an ad hoc committee the GPAC has not been required to 
convene prior to the publication of this Report. The Board’s 
standing committees have been established, however, and the 
inaugural reports of the Board’s Audit & Risk Committee and 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee are presented below.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION & NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Group’s  
first Remuneration & Nomination Committee Report. 

Committee Chair

Committee members

Christopher Hancock FCA
Remuneration & Nomination Committee Chairman

Lord MacLaurin

Richard Peck

INSPECS Group plc is listed on the Alternative Investment 
Market (AIM) and, as such, the Group is not obliged under law 
or regulation to provide a Directors’ Remuneration Report or 
policy, nor a non-financial information statement or Board sub-
committee reports. The following Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee report and associated disclosures are, however, 
presented on a voluntary basis for the Group, in compliance 
with Principle 10 of the QCA Code. 

•  Reviewing the performance of the Executive Directors, 

making recommendations to the Board on matters relating 
to their remuneration and terms of employment

•  Making recommendations to the Board on proposals for 
the granting of share options, and other equity incentives 
pursuant to any share option scheme or equity incentive 
scheme in operation from time to time.

COMPOSITION 
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee is chaired by 
Christopher Hancock, who is also the Senior Independent 
Director. Lord MacLaurin (Group Board Chairman) and Richard 
Peck are also members of the Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee. In line with the QCA Code all members of this 
Committee are independent Directors. The Board considers 
the Committee to be appropriately sized for the needs of the 
business. 

MANDATE SUMMARY
Previously the main Board undertook the activities relating 
to Board appointments, remuneration and succession 
planning, with a view to ensuring that the Board is composed 
of individuals with the necessary skills and is keen to foster 
diversity where there is opportunity to do so. With effect from 
27 February 2020, the date of admission to AIM, the Board 
has delegated certain responsibilities to a Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee.

The Committee operates under the Board’s agreed terms of 
reference and is responsible for, inter alia:

•  Considering and determining the Group’s policy in relation 

to employment terms and remuneration packages of 
Executive Directors, and reviewing all senior executive 
appointments, pre and post-employment, of the Group

MEETINGS, ATTENDANCE & TIME COMMITMENT
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee Terms of 
Reference (the ‘Terms’) were approved by the Board, effective 
upon IPO. Since then the Committee has held one meeting, 
which was attended by all members. 

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee members are 
scheduled to meet at least twice per year, and additionally as 
required in order to fulfil their roles as Committee members 
and be available to attend any annual general meeting of the 
Group. Time commitment is expected to be one to two days 
per year. The Committee members have confirmed, and the 
Board is assured, that each can dedicate appropriate time to 
ensure the effective functioning of this forum. 

REMUNERATION POLICY
The objective of the Group’s remuneration policy is to attract, 
motivate and retain high quality individuals who will contribute 
fully to the success of the Group. To achieve this objective, 
the Group provides competitive salaries and benefits to all 
employees. Executive Directors’ remuneration is set to create 
an appropriate balance between both fixed and performance-
related elements. Remuneration is reviewed each year in light 
of the Group’s business objectives. It is the Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee’s intention that remuneration should 
reward achievement of objectives and that these are aligned 
with shareholders’ interests over the medium term.

62

Remuneration consists of the following elements:

•  Basic salary;

•  Performance-related annual or long term bonuses, including stock options; and

•  Pension contribution.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS 
The Executive Directors signed new service contracts with the Group on admission to AIM. These are not of fixed duration. Robin 
Totterman and Chris Kay’s contracts are terminable by either party giving six months’ written notice. 

The Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer will be invited to attend Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee meetings as appropriate where their input may be required but will absent themselves as required in order to ensure 
that they are not party to any discussion relating to their own benefits and remuneration.

DIRECTORS’ LETTERS OF APPOINTMENT & TERMS
The Board retains authority for determining remuneration, emoluments, terms and conditions of appointment of the Directors of 
the Group. With effect from 27 February 2020 the Remuneration & Nomination Committee will review these matters and make 
recommendation to the Board for approval of material changes.

The Directors signed letters of appointment with the Group on admission to AIM for the provision of Directors’ services, which 
may be terminated by either party giving three months’ written notice. 

The Company’s articles of association require Directors to retire from office at the third Annual General Meeting after the Annual 
General Meeting or general meeting at which they were appointed or last reappointed. However, in compliance with best practice, 
all Directors will be submitted for re-election at annual intervals, with the exception of the current year.

I hope to make myself available at the AGM also, though the recent Coronavirus pandemic may prevent the Group from holding 
an Annual General Meeting in traditional format. We will liaise with stakeholders in due course as soon as we are able to confirm 
arrangements.

Christopher Hancock, FCA
Chairman of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and 

Senior Independent Director

Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors on 12 May 2020

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Group’s  
first Audit & Risk Committee report.

Committee Chair

Committee members

Christopher Hancock FCA
Audit & Risk Committee Chairman

Lord MacLaurin

Richard Peck

INSPECS Group plc is listed on the Alternative Investment 
Market (AIM) and, as such, the Group is not obliged under 
law or regulation to provide a Directors’ Remuneration report 
or policy, nor a non-financial information statement or Board 
sub-committee reports. The following Audit & Risk Committee 
report and associated disclosures are, however, presented on a 
voluntary basis for the Group in compliance with Principle 10 of 
the QCA Code.

COMPOSITION
The Audit & Risk Committee is chaired by Christopher Hancock 
and its other members are Lord MacLaurin (Group Board Chair) 
and Richard Peck. In compliance with the QCA Code, all three 
members are independent Directors. 

MANDATE SUMMARY
The Audit & Risk Committee Terms of Reference were 
approved by the Board, effective from the date of admission to 
AIM, and formally adopted by the Committee at its inaugural 
meeting. 

The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible for, inter alia:

•  Ensuring that the financial performance of the Group is 

properly reported and reviewed

•  Monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, 
including annual and interim accounts and results 
announcements 

•  Reviewing internal control and risk management systems

•  Reviewing any changes to accounting policies

•  Reviewing and monitoring the extent of the non-audit 

services undertaken by external auditors

•  Advising on the independence and suitability of external 

auditors

•  Advising the Board on the appointment of the auditor 

following a review of audit fees and service provision, and 
benchmarking, where relevant

•  Discussing the nature, scope and results of the audit with 

the auditor

MEETINGS, ATTENDANCE & TIME COMMITMENT
The Audit & Risk Committee has unrestricted access to the 
Group’s auditor and is mandated to meet at least twice 
per year, in addition to attending close out meetings with 
the external auditor, without management present, when 
appropriate. The Committee members will also attend Group 
strategy sessions and the Group’s Annual General Meeting.

Demonstrating their availability and intention to pay due 
attention to carrying out its duties as required, the Committee 
has already convened two times between February and May 
this year. It is expected that the Audit & Risk Committee 
members will spend three to four days per annum focusing  
on their Audit & Risk Committee duties.

The Group Chief Financial Officer is the executive within the 
Group responsible for day-to-day financial management of the 
Group's affairs and its internal accounting and, as such, attends 
the Committee meetings by invitation.

INTERNAL AUDIT
At present the Group does not have an internal audit function. 
The Board believes that management can derive appropriate 
assurance from the adequacy and effectiveness of internal 
controls and risk management procedures. 

64

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

GROUP RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
The work of the Audit & Risk Committee will be supported by 
the Group Risk Management Committee (“GRMC”), a forum 
established as part of the revised group risk management 
framework. The Committee is Chaired by the Group 
Governance Compliance & Risk Officer who, prior to joining 
the Group, spent over 15 years working at executive level within 
FTSE and AIM-listed firms. 

Additional GRMC members are senior, long-standing staff 
members representing key group functions, such as HR, 
Finance, Law and Regulations, I.T. who have dedicated 
between nine and 17 years working for INSPECS in a variety of 
roles. Their level of seniority within the Group and collective 
knowledge of the Group’s businesses provide for a strong 
group risk cohort. The GRMC is set to report to the Audit &  
Risk Committee on a quarterly basis, and have unfettered 
access to the Board.

ROLE OF THE EXTERNAL AUDITOR
During the year under review the Board was responsible for 
monitoring the relationship with the external auditor, Ernst & 
Young LLP (“EY LLP”), ensuring that auditor independence and 
objectivity was maintained. The Board has since delegated 
this responsibility to the Audit & Risk Committee, following the 
Group’s admission to AIM, and also mandated the Committee 
to assess the performance and monitor the provision of non-
audit services provided by the external auditor. 

The breakdown of fees between audit and non-audit services is 
provided in Note 10 of the financial statements. The non-audit 
fees relate to assurance reviews, transaction services in support 
of the flotation and tax services. 

AUDIT PROCESS
The auditor prepares an audit plan for the review of the full 
period financial statements. The audit plan sets out the scope 
of the audit, areas to be targeted and audit timetable. This  
plan is reviewed and agreed in advance by the Board. Any  
areas of significant risk and other matters of audit relevance  
are regularly communicated.

RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES UNDERTAKEN  
DURING THE PERIOD UNDER REVIEW
During the reporting period the Board retained responsibility 
for the Group’s system of internal control and reviewing 
effectiveness of the frameworks in place. The Board has since 
delegated certain risk management responsibilities to the new 
Audit & Risk Committee, though under the Schedule of Matters 
Reserved to the Board, retains sole authority for approval of 
the financial statements of the Group and all other significant 
Group matters. 

The most significant risks faced by the Group at the time of 
writing this Report, and the steps taken to manage them are 
disclosed in the ‘Principal Risks and Uncertainties’ section 
– pages 39 to 42 – and within the consolidated financial 
statements (notes 1 to 36). 

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE WORK  
UNDERTAKEN SINCE IPO
The principal areas of focus for the Committee since the Group 
listed have been as follows:

i) 

 Review of the external auditor’s report and significant issues 
from the audit report; 

ii)  Review of the Annual Report and financial statements;

iii)  Approval of the management representation letter.

The Committee is mandated to take responsibility for reviewing 
the audit plan prior to submission of the same to the Board for 
approval. Following the audit, the auditor presented its findings 
to the Audit & Risk Committee for discussion. We are pleased 
to report that no major areas of concern were highlighted by 
the auditor during the period. Further detail and EY LLPs report 
can be found on pages 71 to 77.

Key Area of Judgement

Our Response

Inappropriate Revenue recognition

There is an inherent financial reporting risk around revenue 
recognition in relation to the timing of revenue recognized. 
Any manual adjustments to revenue present a higher risk of 
management override. 

We consider that INSPECS existing financial control systems 
should ensure that income is properly treated in the financial 
statements. We are satisfied that the controls are working as 
intended and that revenue recognition is accurate.

Valuation of goodwill

The Group balance sheet has a significant amount of goodwill 
relating to the Killine acquisition. Under IFRS, the goodwill 
is required to be tested for impairment on an annual basis. 
This involved judgements regarding the future business 
performance, growth rates and discounts applied to future  
cash forecast.

We reviewed the reports prepared by management on the 
goodwill impairment test. We focused on the assumptions 
regarding future growth and discount rates. We are satisfied 
that the assumptions used are appropriate to INSPECS.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Key Area of Judgement

Our Response

Valuation of C-class shares

As part of a private equity firm’s investment in February 2017, 
INSPECS Holding Ltd issued C-option shares along with B 
class shares. In the current and previous year management 
engaged independent valuation specialists to assist with the 
accounting treatment and valuation of these options and 
consequently recorded a financial liability. Given the complex 
nature of this calculation, the degree of subjectivity and the 
significance of the amount recorded, this is considered to be 
key estimate at the balance sheet date.

Completeness of uncertain tax positions

There are uncertain tax provisions recognised relating 
to transfer pricing and permanent establishment risk 
Judgements are required to determine the amount of the 
provision that should be recorded. Consequently, tax experts 
have been engaged to assist management in assessing the 
value of these provisions. 

On behalf of the Board, the Committee has remained 
mindful of external audit tenure and will keep under review 
the requirement for external audit tender and consider the 
effectiveness of external auditors on a regular basis  
as appropriate.

The Board and Audit & Risk Committee have reviewed the 
auditor’s independence and performance for the period 
under review and recommend that EY LLP be reappointed  
as the Group’s auditor at the Group’s inaugural Annual 
General Meeting.

UK 10-YEAR PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The Directors have considered the requirement for a UK 
10-year performance graph comparing the Group’s Total 
Shareholder Return with that of a comparable indicator. The 
Directors do not currently consider that including the graph 
will be meaningful as the Group has only been listed since 
February 2020 and has not yet paid a dividend. In addition, 
the remuneration of Directors is not currently linked to 
performance and the Directors do not consider the inclusion of 
this graph to be useful to shareholders as the current time. The 
Directors will review the inclusion of this table for future reports.

We have reviewed the external valuation which calculates 
the value of the C class shares. We consider the assumptions 
used to be appropriate and have discussed these with 
management.

We have reviewed the report prepared by the external advisor 
regarding uncertain tax provisions and discussed this with 
management. We are satisfied with the value of the provision 
at the year-end.

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY
The Directors have considered the requirement to present 
information on the relative importance of spend on pay 
compared to shareholder dividends paid. Given that the Group 
does not currently pay dividends we have not considered it 
necessary to include such information.

RISK GOVERNANCE

OBJECTIVES 
The Group’s primary risk management aims are to:

•  Maintain capital adequacy and ensure stable and efficient 
access to funding and liquidity, thereby protecting the 
Group's ability to continue as a going concern so that it can 
continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for 
other stakeholders;

•  Maintain the Group’s culture and retain staff with the 

appropriate level of skills and experience to support the 
Group’s risk management activities;

•  Provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing 

products and services commensurate with the level of risk 
deemed appropriate by the Board;

•  Further develop and enhance governance and the Group’s 

risk frameworks; and

•  Develop internal assurance capabilities and establish a 

Group compliance and assurance programme, again with a 
view to increasing our risk management capabilities. 

66

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INTERNAL CONTROL ENVIRONMENT 
The Group uses both manual and automated systems and 
preventative, corrective, detective measures to mitigate, 
control, monitor and report risk matters. 

The principal elements of the Group’s internal control activities 
include:

•  close management of the day-to-day activities of the Group 

by the Executive Directors;

•  an organisational structure with defined levels of 

responsibility, which promotes entrepreneurial decision 
making and rapid implementation whilst mitigating risks;

•  a comprehensive annual budgeting process producing a 

detailed integrated profit and loss, balance sheet and cash 
flow, which is approved by the Board;

•  Design and Development

•  Forecasting

•  Stock Planning/inventory

•  Sales

•  Customer Communication

•  Dispatch and Delivery

• 

Invoicing

•  Payments

Monitoring and Continual Assessment
The Group has continued to maintain exceptionally high 
standards of process and quality control. The ISO 9000:2005 
management system supports the business to:

•  comprehensive monthly reporting of Group performance 
against budget; controls and KPIs, controls of critical risk 
areas, such as capital expenditure authorisation and banking 
facilities;

i) 

ii) 

 consistently achieve its quality, safety and operational  
and manufacturing objectives; and

 achieve continual improvement in the effectiveness and 
performance of the management system. 

•  the framework of risk management and internal control 

systems, policies and procedures are described on page 65 
of the Corporate Governance Report. 

QUALITY MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 
In addition to the Three Lines of Defence model and the Group 
Risk Management Framework, INSPECS also has an established 
a Quality Management System (“QMS”), having achieved The 
International Organisation for Standardisation (“ISO”) 9001:2015 
QMS accreditation. ISO is an international agency composed 
of the national standards bodies of more than 160 countries. 
ISO 9000 series standards are a prescriptive set of international 
standards of quality management and quality assurance 
specifying requirements for a quality management system. ISO 
9001:2015 includes those ‘continuous improvement’ and ‘risk 
management’ standards.

The Group’s ISO 9001:2015 Quality Manual (the “Manual”) 
provides a framework for setting, monitoring, reviewing and 
achieving the Group’s objectives, programmes and targets. 
Each relevant division of the Group maintains records of ISO 
processes and procedures and the Manual is updated regularly 
and approved by the Group CEO at least annually. The Group 
Audit & Risk Committee now has mandated responsibility 
for this and will, on behalf of the Board, maintain appropriate 
oversight of the QMS policy framework and report to the Board 
as required under the Committee’s terms of reference. 

QUALITY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS 
The scope of the Group’s ISO 9001 registration includes the 
processes and quality management systems relating to the 
design, manufacture, sales and distribution of both branded 
and own label eyewear and covers a wide range of processes, 
controls and risk management across several areas including, 
but not limited to:

Adhering to ISO standards allows the Group to demonstrate  
its ability to consistently provide products and services that 
meet customer expectations and regulatory requirements. 
ISO 9001 KPIs are in place. The most recent Group ISO audit 
was undertaken by Business Assessment Service Ltd (“BAS”) in 
October 2019 and BAS subsequently confirmed that the Group 
passed the audit assessment.

Health & Safety is continually monitored and reported across 
the Group, and Health & Safety is often the primary focus of 
external and internal audit personnel.

The Group’s Bath Head Office and Distribution Centre 
have processes in place to ensure that annual equipment 
assessments are carried out. Yearly certified renewals of 
equipment ensure that assets remain safe, fit for purpose and 
meet regulation and insurance requirements. 

Whilst any system of internal control can only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss, the Board considers that the internal 
controls in place are appropriate for the size, complexity, risk 
profile of the Group and the resources available.

Christopher Hancock FCA 
Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee and 

Senior Independent Director

Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors on 12 May 2020

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
for the year ended 31 December 2019

The Directors present their report with the financial statements  
of the INSPECS Holdings Limited and the Group for the year ended  
31 December 2019. The governance statement on pages 49 to 61 also  
forms part of this report.

REVIEW OF THE BUSINESS
The Financial Review on page 36 and the Strategic Report 
on pages 10 to 45 provide a review of the business, the 
Group’s performance for the year ended 31 December 
2019, key performance indicators and an indication of future 
developments.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS
As at 27 April 2020 the Group has been notified of the following 
substantial shareholders comprising 3% or more of the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Group:

Shareholder

No. of shares

% 

Robin Bjorn Christian Totterman 

18,904,858

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The Group has reported its Consolidated Financial Statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union, and those parts of 
the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting 
under IFRS.

The Group’s results for the period are set out in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on 
page 81.

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc

Amati Global Partners 

Janus Henderson Group Plc 

Legal and General Group Plc 

Tellworth Investments

Royal London Asset  
Management GIS Ltd

No dividends will be distributed for the year ended  
31 December 2019 as explained in the Chief Executive’s  
Report on pages 12 and 13.

Invesco Ltd 

Ninety One

12,147,360

4,000,000

3,714,380

3,311,016

3,307,596

2,925,500

2,460,132

2,269,007

26.7

17.2

5.7

5.3

4.7

4.7

4.1

3.5

3.2

3.2

Chelverton Asset Management Ltd 

2,250,000

SHARE CAPITAL AND INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
Details of the issued share capital and their associated rights 
are shown in notes 12 and 22 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. On 27 February 2020, the Group was admitted 
onto the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange. In 
advance of this, the share structure was changed. See note 36 
for further detail. 

DIRECTORS
The Directors shown below have held office in INSPECS 
Holdings Limited during the whole of the period from 1 January 
2019 to the date of this report. 

R B C Totterman

C D Kay

Other changes in Directors holding office are as follows: 

Lord I C MacLaurin (resigned 10 January 2020)

M R A L Lefebvre (resigned 10 January 2020)

J J Brade (resigned 10 January 2020)

C M J Hancock (resigned 10 January 2020)

A Totterman (resigned 10 January 2020)

M C Totterman (resigned 10 January 2020)

N P D Winks (resigned 31 May 2019)

T J Sturm (resigned 10 January 2020) 

The above resignations were as a result of a transfer of 
Directors to INSPECS Group plc, which as of 20 January 2020 
became the new ultimate Parent Company of the Group (see 
note 36). Names and brief biographical details of INSPECS 

68

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
Details of the Directors’ beneficial interests are set out in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 62 and 63 and in note 33 of  
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

SHARE OPTION SCHEMES
Details of share option schemes are set out in note 34, with 
changes since the balance sheet date discussed in note 36.

POLITICAL DONATIONS
The Group did not make any political donations in the financial 
period.

DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Details of the Group’s policy in relation to disabled employees 
is set out in the ‘Equal Opportunities’ and ‘Engagement’ 
section of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee Report.

OPERATIONS OUTSIDE OF THE UK
In addition to the head office and production facilities in the 
UK, the Group has operations in the USA, China, Hong Kong, 
Vietnam, Macau, Italy, Portugal and Sweden.

GOING CONCERN
The Directors have reviewed the Financial Reporting Council’s 
‘Guidance on the going concern basis of accounting and 
reporting on solvency and liquidity risks’ that was issued in 
April 2016 and current guidance. The Group’s business and 
factors that may affect its future development and performance 
are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 10 to 45.

The financial position of the Group and its cash flows and 
borrowings are set out in the Financial Review on pages 36  
and 37 in the Strategic Report. 

When assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to 
continue trading as a going concern the Board reviews and 
approves the annual budget and has reviewed the cash flows 
of the Group for 16 months to 31 August 2021. The review 
has encapsulated cash flows, working capital, borrowing 
requirements and potential acquisition costs as known at the 
date of this report. The Group entered a new multi-currency 
revolving credit facility on the 27 February 2020. This facility at 
the date of this report has involved one drawdown from HSBC. 
The terms of this facility are set out in the Group’s post balance 
sheet events disclosure (note 36) to the financial statements. 
The covenants relating to this facility have been reviewed as 
part of the going concern review by the board.

As a result of COVID-19 the Group has experienced a reduction 
in trading. The Group was performing in line with budget for 
January and February 2020 but as a result of the effective 
closure of the eyewear retail business globally and the closure 
of many shipping and distribution hubs current trading is 
reduced and an accurate estimation of the future short to 
medium term trading environment is not possible.

In response to COVID-19, the Group has instigated cost-
saving measures. The executive team have reduced salaries 
by 60% and the Group has moved to a four-day working week 
to allow continual contact with customers and suppliers. This 
will result, with other operational cost saving measures, in a 
significant reduction in overheads across the Group which has 
been factored into the new working capital model. In advance 
of COVID-19, the Group had put in place new credit facilities 
which expire in January 2023.

The Board has considered what they believe will be the most 
likely outcome for the Group as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic and has prepared a forecast on this basis. The 
Board expects that sales will remain at April 2020 levels 
until September 2020.  These sales will predominately be 
made to customers with an online sales channel and markets 
where lockdown has not had such a significant impact. The 
Group expects sales to increase from September onwards as 
markets come out of lockdown and from 2021 will return to 
pre COVID-19 levels, assuming appropriate hygiene levels and 
acceptance of social distancing.

The Board has stress tested the Group’s business plan for the 
16-month period to 31 August 2021 by reducing sales and cash 
collection for a range of scenarios. In certain extreme scenarios, 
for example when there are no sales for six months, the interest 
cover debt covenant is breached. However, under these 
extreme scenarios the Group can repay the debt from its cash 
reserves. After making this payment the Group will still be able 
to meet its liabilities as they fall due. In the scenarios where the 
debt covenants are not breached the Group remains able to 
meet its liabilities as they fall due.

Whilst the uncertainty continues the Group will continue 
to save costs and seek new markets, but the Directors have 
reasonable expectations that the Group and the Company have 
adequate resources to continue their operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we continue to adopt a 
going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements.

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Events which have occurred since the balance sheet date, but 
that are considered material to the users of these financial 
statements, have been included within note 36.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise of bank 
balances, bank overdraft, invoice discounting and inventories 
facilities, amounts owed by or to related parties, trade debtors 
and trade creditors. The main purpose of these instruments 
is to raise funds for the Group’s operations and to finance the 
Group’s operations.

In respect of bank balances, the liquidity risk is managed by 
maintaining a balance between the continuity of funding and 
flexibility through the use of an overdraft at floating rates 
of interest.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

In respect of amounts owed by or to related parties, the 
Directors are aware of the Group’s liquidity needs and have 
determined that these will only be repaid, in whole or in part, 
when finance is available.

Trade debtors are managed in respect of credit risk and cash 
flow risk by policies concerning the credit offered to customers 
and the regular monitoring of amounts outstanding for both 
time and credit limits. Trade creditors liquidity risk is managed 
by ensuring sufficient funds are available to meet amounts due.

STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION  
TO AUDITORS
So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit 
information (as defined by Section 418 of the Companies Act 
2006) of which the Group’s auditors are unaware, and each 
Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as 
a Director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group’s Auditors are 
aware of that information. 

Exchange risk is managed by the Group by through the 
purchase and sale of goods in similar currencies where 
possible.

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Group Strategic 
Report, the Report of the Directors and the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have elected to prepare the financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by 
the European Union. Under company law the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Company and the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group 
for that period. In preparing these financial statements, the 
Directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently; 

OTHER GENERAL AND NON-FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
INSPECS Holdings Limited and INSPECS Group Limited were 
both private Companies during the 2019 reporting period and 
as at the balance sheet date and thus not necessarily obliged 
to make certain disclosures within this Annual Report. We have 
however, in the interests of transparency, provided disclosure 
where we have the ability to do so. The financial statements for 
INSPECS Group plc (previously INSPECS Group Limited) are 
shown within Appendix 1 of this Annual Report.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Company’s AGM will be held on 30 June 2020.

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP have indicated their willingness to be 
re-appointed as the Company’s Auditors for another term.  
Appropriate arrangements have been put in place for them 
to be deemed reappointed as auditors in the absence of an 
Annual General Meeting.

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD:

reasonable and prudent; 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will 
continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
and the Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

C D Kay
Director 

12 May 2020

70

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
to the members of INSPECS Holdings Limited

OPINION
In our opinion:

• 

INSPECS Holdings Group financial statements and parent Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true 
and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the Group’s profit 
for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; 

•  the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 

Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of INSPECS Holdings which comprise:

Group

Parent Company

Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2019

Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2019

Consolidated income statement for the year then ended

Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income  
for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Statement of cash flows for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 36 to the financial statements  
including a summary of significant accounting policies

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 36 to the financial statements,  
including a summary of significant accounting policies

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards to the parent Company financial statements,  
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

BASIS FOR OPINION 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report below. We are independent of the Group and parent Company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied  
to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where:

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the Group’s or the parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

OVERVIEW OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Key audit matters

•  Revenue recognition

•  Valuation of goodwill

•  Valuation of C-class shares

Audit scope

•  We performed an audit of the complete  
financial information of 3 components.

•  Completeness of uncertain tax positions

•  Going concern and the impact of COVID-19  

on the business

•  The components where we performed full audit 
procedures accounted for 100% of Profit before 
tax, 97% of Revenue and 98% of Total assets.

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality of $509,000 which represents 5% of profit before tax and IPO costs.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
to the members of INSPECS Holdings Limited

KEY AUDIT MATTERS 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Revenue recognition $61.2m (2018: $57.3m)

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 64); 
Accounting policies (page 91); and note 4 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (page 105).

We have identified a fraud risk related to 
revenue recognition as there is an incentive to 
manipulate revenue in order to improve year on 
year performance and meet the expectations of 
the market. We consider that the opportunity 
to manipulate revenue relates to management 
override of manual journals to revenue accounts. 

Valuation of goodwill $12.8m (2018 $12.4m) 

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 64); 
Accounting policies (page 91); and note 14 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (page 114).

Management is required to carry out an 
impairment review of goodwill under IFRS, this 
involves judgement about the future results of 
the business and the discount rates applied to 
future cashflow forecasts and growth rates.

Most of the goodwill balance ($12.6m) relates to 
Twenty20 goodwill. 

We used analytics and correlation techniques to 
demonstrate that revenue follows the expected flow 
and correlation of revenue to debtors to cash.

We tested sales raised in the year by all in-scope 
entities and agreed to subsequent cash settlements.

We obtained a complete list of manual adjustments 
to revenue accounts during the year and obtained 
supporting evidence for material or unusual journals 
posted.

We performed correlation trend analysis on the period 
around year end.

We tested sales raised around the cut off period 
ensuring the revenue was recognised in line with 
shipping terms. 

Obtained a complete list of credit notes raised post 
year end, and for those that related to sales made 
pre year-end ensured that they were appropriately 
provided for.

We performed full scope audit procedures over this 
risk area in the UK, US and Hong Kong locations, which 
covered 97% of the risk amount.

The goodwill impairment calculation for Twenty20 
Limited was obtained from management and key 
assumptions were identified and figures tied out.

The discount rate applied was challenged with 
management’s expert. 

Key forecast assumptions, revenue, gross profit % 
and admin expense (including IPO costs) increases 
were confirmed to the working capital model and 
underlying assumptions were agreed to external 
evidence where available.

We have checked management’s forecasts by 
independently reperforming the impairment review 
and considering any contrary evidence.

We assessed the historical  accuracy of group 
budgeting. 

We stress tested key assumptions in the model by 
reducing the discount rate and sales volumes to 
consider the degree to which these assumptions 
would need to change before an impairment is 
triggered. 

We considered whether the disclosures in the financial 
statements were accurate and complete.

We performed full scope audit procedures over this 
risk area in the UK which covered 100% of the risk 
amount.

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

Our use of analytics and correlation 
techniques on revenue demonstrated 
a high correlation of revenue to 
debtors to cash.

 There were no instances of manual 
postings identified that were not in 
line with expectations. 

We conclude that revenue recognition 
is materially accurate.

We consider the starting point for the 
base cashflows and the assumptions 
applied to these are reasonable based 
on historical trends and external 
information. The impact of COVID-19 
is not considered to be an adjusting 
event because the China lockdown did 
not commence until late January. This 
has therefore not been considered as 
part of the goodwill testing. We agree 
this is appropriate. 

Forecasts have been based upon 
FY20 budgets and our assessment of 
the historical accuracy of budgeting 
indicates that this is an appropriate 
basis to use

FY20 results would need to 
deteriorate by 22% to trigger an 
impairment

Cashflows have been discounted 
using a WACC rate of between 17% - 
18% and this would need to increase 
to 28% to trigger an impairment.  

We agree with managements 
assessment that goodwill is not 
impaired. 

We assessed the disclosures in 
the financial statements related to 
impairment testing and concluded 
that they are accurate and complete. 

72

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

The methodologies used in 
developing the estimates are 
consistent with valuation practice

The significant assumptions used in 
developing the estimates were within 
reasonable ranges.

Management’s concluded values 
and our comparative calculations 
were consistent given the inherent 
valuation uncertainty from a valuation 
perspective. 

We concluded that the accounting 
treatment of the C-class shares is 
appropriate. 

We concluded that the disclosures in 
the financial statements are accurate 
and complete.

We concluded that assumptions 
applied are appropriately consistent 
with the prior year and the 
methodology is consistent with  
the requirements of IFRIC 23.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Valuation of C-class shares $3.5m (2018 
$6.3m)

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 64); 
Accounting policies (page 91); and note 29 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (page 129).

As part of a private equity firm’s investment in 
February 2017, the company issued C-option 
shares along with B class shares. In the current 
and previous year management have engaged 
valuation specialists to assist with the accounting 
treatment and valuation of these options and 
consequently recorded a financial liability. Given 
the complex nature of this provision, the degree 
of subjectivity and the significance of the amount 
recorded, we consider this to be a significant risk. 

Valuation of uncertain tax provisions $2.2m 
(2018 $1.8m)

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 64); 
Accounting policies (page 91); and note 30 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (page 130).

Management recorded a transfer pricing 
provision at 31 December 2018. This provision 
dates back several years and there is a degree 
of subjectivity in relation to the amount that 
is recorded. Management engaged with 
specialists to assist with assessing the value 
and completeness of this provision. Given the 
degree of complexity involved due to the Group 
structure, the subjectivity in assessing the 
amount and the amount recorded we consider 
this to be a significant risk.

We involved our valuation specialists to examine 
and challenge the assumptions and methodologies 
used in the valuation of the C-shares option, 
including consideration of any contrary evidence.
EY valuations specialists evaluated whether or not 
the valuation methodology was appropriate under 
the circumstances giving consideration to: (i) nature 
of the asset being valued; (ii) premise of the value; 
(iii) business, industry, and environment in which the 
Group operates; and (iv) lack of observable market 
prices.

Evaluation also performed over whether or not the 
assumptions on which the fair value measurements 
are based, individually and taken as a whole, 
are realistic and consistent with: (i) the general 
economic environment, the economic environment 
of the specific industry, and the entity’s economic 
circumstances; (ii) existing market information; (iii) 
the plans of the entity, including management’s 
expectations; (iv) assumptions made in prior periods; 
and (v) the risk associated with cash flows, including 
the potential variability in the amount and timing of 
the cash flows and the related effect on the discount 
rate.

EY valuations specialists performed comparative 
calculations to test the reasonableness of significant 
assumptions used in management’s analysis; they also 
performed an independent comparative calculation to 
test management’s specialist’s fair value estimate.

We assessed the accounting treatment of the C 
class shares and ensured they were in line with the 
requirements of IFRS 9.

We considered the disclosures in the financial 
statements to assess whether they were accurate and 
complete. 

We performed full scope audit procedures over this 
risk area the UK location, which covered 100% of the 
risk amount.

As part of our prior year audit we reviewed 
management’s transfer pricing policy against the 
recommendations from their specialist to ensure 
that they had been applied appropriately. We 
also examined prices actually charged between 
related parties to determine whether adjustments 
were appropriate. 

We established that there have not been any 
changes to the business or fact pattern that would 
impact on the transfer pricing or permanent 
establishment exposure.

We have checked the calculations for the current 
year and determined that the methodology used 
is consistent with the prior year and compliant with 
IFRIC 23.

We performed full scope audit procedures over this 
risk area in the UK location, which covered 100% of 
the risk amount.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
to the members of INSPECS Holdings Limited

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

Based on the results of our audit 
procedures, we concluded that there 
is no material uncertainty related to 
the Group and Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

We assessed whether the 
disclosures were fair, balanced and 
understandable by comparing the 
disclosure to the knowledge gained 
during the audit.

We draw attention to notes 2 and 36 
of the financial statements, which 
describe the economic and social 
consequences the Group is facing as a 
result of COVID-19, which is impacting 
supply chains consumer demand 
and personnel being able to access 
offices. Our opinion is not modified in 
respect of this matter.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Going concern and the Impact of COVID-19 on 
the business

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 64); 
Accounting policies (page 91); and note 36 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (page 137).

The COVID-19 pandemic is having a profound 
impact on the global economy. There is a risk 
for any business that they are unable to continue 
as a going concern as a result of the ongoing 
lockdowns and social distancing measures in 
place in a number of countries.

The key to the Group is the impact lock down has 
had on its ability to manufacture and the closure 
of physical retail outlets. This has an impact on 
the Group’s revenue, heightened credit risk and 
its ability to supply products on a timely basis 
therefore impacting the Group’s cashflows. 

The above risks have been considered in a 
cashflow stress test undertaken by the Group, 
which demonstrated that the Group can remain 
solvent with some mitigations still not utilised.

The Directors have concluded that even under 
their most severe stress test the increase in credit 
risk and decline in cash inflows would not mean 
that the Group cannot meet its liabilities as they 
fall due for the period to June 2021.

We obtained the base case cash flow and the forecasts 
covering the period until end of July 2021 and the 
worst-case scenario prepared by management and 
assessed the appropriateness of the inputs and the 
key assumptions used in the forecasts by comparing 
to other more extreme and plausible scenarios to 
understand the cash strain the business could take.

We obtained the cash flow and the covenant forecasts 
and sensitivities prepared by management including 
the COVID-19 impact and recalculated the headroom 
In respect of the financial covenant compliance.

The reverse cash stress test was prepared on the 
basis of no sales by the group until July 2021, and 
demonstrated the Group continued to be viable. 
On this basis, we challenged the operating costs 
assumption in this scenario against our knowledge of 
the business and the nature of these costs. We also 
verified the availability of the controllable mitigations. 

We understood and challenged the Directors’ 
controllable mitigation plan and the forecast impact 
on the ability to operate within its financial covenants. 
We obtained supporting documentation to evaluate 
the plausibility and achievability of management’s 
mitigation plans. 

We assessed whether the disclosures in the financial 
statements relating to going concern and COVID-19 
presented a fair and balanced reflection of the 
sensitivities considered by the Directors.

We performed full scope audit procedures over this 
risk area in the UK location, which covered 100% of the 
risk amount.

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT 

Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope 
for each entity within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We 
take into account size, risk profile, the organisation of the group and effectiveness of group wide controls, and changes in the 
business environment when assessing the level of work to be performed at each entity.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative 
coverage of significant accounts in the financial statements, of the 6 reporting components of the Group, we selected 3 
components covering entities within the UK, US, and Hong Kong, which represent the principal business units within the Group.

Of the 3 components selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of all components (“full scope 
components”) which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. 

The reporting components where we performed full audit procedures accounted for 100% (2018: 90%) of the Group’s Profit before 
tax, 97% (2018: 96%) of the Group’s Revenue and 98% (2018: 97%) of the Group’s Total assets. 

The remaining 3 components together represent 0% of the Group’s Profit before tax, none are individually greater than 0% of 
the Group’s Profit before tax. For these components, we performed other procedures, including analytical review and testing of 
consolidation journals and intercompany eliminations and foreign currency translation recalculations to respond to any potential 
risks of material misstatement to the Group financial statements.

74

The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit teams.

Profit before tax 
(or adjusted PBT measure used)

Revenue

Total assets

3%

97%

2%

98%

100%

Full scope components

Specific scope

Other procedures

CHANGES FROM THE PRIOR YEAR 
There were no scoping changes from the prior year. 

INVOLVEMENT WITH COMPONENT TEAMS 
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each 
of the components by us, as the primary audit engagement team, or by component auditors from other EY global network firms 
operating under our instruction. Of the three full scope components, audit procedures were performed on one of these directly 
by the primary audit team. For the remaining full scope components, where the work was performed by component auditors, we 
determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a 
basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole.

The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned visits that has been designed to ensure that the Senior 
Statutory Auditor visits in scope locations annually. During the current year’s audit cycle, a visit was undertaken by the primary 
audit team to the component team in the USA. This visit involved discussing the audit approach with the component team and 
any issues arising from their work, meeting with local management, attending closing meetings, and reviewing key audit working 
papers on risk areas. The Coronavirus outbreak meant that the primary audit team were unable to visit the Hong Kong location as 
planned which included the manufacturing facility in China. Alternative procedures were performed which included regular calls 
to discuss the audit approach with the component team and any issues arising from their work, attending the closing meeting via 
conference call and reviewing key audit working papers on risk areas. The primary team interacted regularly with the component 
teams where appropriate during various stages of the audit, reviewed key working papers and were responsible for the scope 
and direction of the audit process. This, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate 
evidence for our opinion on the Group financial statements.

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on 
the audit and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent 
of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be $509,000 (2018: $377,000), which is 5% (2018: 5%) of Profit before tax and IPO costs. 
We believe that Profit before tax and IPO costs provides us with the most appropriate basis for calculating materiality as the group 
is profitable and performance of the group is assessed on an earnings basis. 

We determined materiality for the parent Company to be $250,000 (2018: $245,000), which is 1% (2018: 1%) of total assets. 

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality and there were no significant changes from our planning 
materiality calculated. 

75

> Overview> Strategic Report> Corporate Governance> Financial Statements> Shareholder InformationINSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
to the members of INSPECS Holdings Limited

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement  
was that performance materiality was 50% (2018: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely $254,000 (2018: $189,000).  
We have set performance materiality at this percentage due to a high number of audit adjustments identified in the prior year. 

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is 
undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based 
on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that 
component. In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to components was $102,000 to $229,000 (2018: 
$56,000 to $170,000). 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of $25,000 
(2018: $18,000), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light  
of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

OTHER INFORMATION 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly  
stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a 
material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

•  the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit

76

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 70, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed. 

John Howarth (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

Bristol
12 May 2020

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2019

FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Company information and advisers 

144 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of other  
comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Company statement of financial position 

81

82

83

85

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  86

Company statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Company statement of cash flows 

Notes of the consolidated  
financial statements 

Appendix 1 

87

88

90

91

138

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STRATEGIC REPORT
for the year ended 31 December 2019

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
The principal activity of the Group in the year was that of design, production, sale, marketing and distribution of high fashion 
eyewear and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) products worldwide. The principal activity of the Company was that of a 
holding company.

REVIEW OF BUSINESS

Revenue

Gross Profit

Operating and distribution expenses, net of other operating income

Operating profit

Movement in fair value on derivative

Operating profit/(loss) after movement in fair value on derivative

Add back: Amortisation

Add back: Depreciation

EBITDA

Add back: Share based payment expense

Less: Profit on sale of property

(Less)/add back: Movement in fair value on derivative

Underlying EBITDA

Operating profit

Initial public offering costs

Movement in fair value on derivative

Exchange adjustment on borrowings

Less: Net finance costs

Add: Share of associates profit

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

2019
$’000

61,247

27,536

(19,591)

7,945

2,865

10,810

1,088

2,037

13,935

1,917

–

(2,865)

2018
$’000

57,295

25,900 

(16,883)

9,017

(2,871)

6,146

1,133

1,874

9,153

–

(157) 

2,871

12,987

11,867

7,945

(2,827)

2,865

715

(1,365)

14

7,347

(907)

6,440

9,017

–

(2,871)

(1,152)

(1,392)

23 

3,625 

(126)

3,499 

80

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Revenue

Cost of sales

GROSS PROFIT

Other operating income

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

OPERATING PROFIT

Initial public offering costs

Movement in derivatives

Exchange adjustment on borrowings

Finance costs

Finance income

Share of profit of associates

PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX

Income tax

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Attributable to:  
Equity holders of the Parent

Earnings per share 

Basic profit for the year attributable to the equity  
holders of the Parent

Diluted profit for the year attributable to the equity  
holders of the Parent

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2018 
$’000

57,295

(31,395)

25,900

 177

 (642)

(16,418)

9,017

–

(2,871)

(1,152)

(1,396)

 4

 23

3,625

 (126)

3,499

2019
$’000

61,247

(33,711)

27,536

133

(635)

(19,089)

7,945

(2,827)

2,865

715

(1,380)

15

14

7,347

(907)

6,440

6,440

3,499

$16.38

$14.80

$8.90

$8.14

Notes

4

7,10

5

7,10

8

29

25

9

9

17

11

12

12

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE YEAR, NET OF INCOME TAX

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

Attributable to:  
Equity holders of the parent

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

2019
 $’000

6,440

1

1

6,441

2018 
$’000

3,499

(350)

(350)

3,149

6,441

3,149

82

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 31 December 2019

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use asset

Investment in associates

Other receivables

Deferred tax

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

EQUITY

Shareholders’ equity

Called up share capital

Share premium

Foreign currency translation reserve

Share option reserve

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses)

Total equity

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

Notes

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

14

15

16

26

17

20

28

19

20

21

22

23

23

23

12,798

17,482

10,320

1,317

53

–

1,221

43,191

8,715

12,875

6,595

28,185

71,376

62

21,628

1,031

2,840

5,787

31,348

12,394

17,859

 8,944

 1,439

 40

 42

 1,025

41,743

10,790

13,754

 3,041

27,585

69,328

 62

 21,628

 1,030

 647

 (653)

22,714

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION CONTINUED
as at 31 December 2019

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities - borrowings

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Right of return liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Bank overdrafts

Invoice discounting

Derivatives

Tax payable

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Notes

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

 25

 28

 24

 4

 25

25

 25

 29

 30

12,651

2,917

15,568

10,192

476

4,974

93

2,577

3,536

2,612

24,460

40,028

71,376

16,677

 2,886

19,563

11,126

 453

 5,064

207

1,602

6,296

 2,303

27,051

 46,614

69,328

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 May 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

R B C Totterman  
Director 

C D Kay
Director

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

84

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 31 December 2019

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Investments

Loans to Group undertakings

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

EQUITY

Shareholders’ equity

Called up share capital

Share premium

Foreign currency translation reserve

Share option reserve

Accumulated losses

Total equity

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivatives 

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Notes

 17

 18

 28

 20

 21

 22

 23

 23

 23

 24

 29 

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2019
 $’000

3,142

21,372

–

24,514

526

–

526

2018
 $’000

 3,155

20,769

518

24,442

 611

–

611

25,040

25,053

62

21,628

945

2,840

(5,278)

20,197

1,306

3,536

4,843

62

21,628

569

647

 (5,059)

17,847

910

6,296

7,206

25,040

25,053

As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate Income Statement dealing with the results of the  
Parent Company, has not been presented. The Parent Company loss for the period ended 31 December 2019 is $(219,000), 
(2018: $(1,182,000) loss).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 May 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

R B C Totterman  
Director 

C D Kay
Director

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2018

Changes in equity

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive income

Share based payment

Balance at 31 December 2018

Changes in equity

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share based payment

Balance at 31 December 2019

Called up
share capital
$’000

62

 –

 –

 –

 –

62

 –

 –

 –

 –

62

Foreign 
currency
translation 
reserve
$’000

Share  
option
reserve
$’000

Retained
earnings
$’000

1,380

631

(4,152)

Share
premium
$’000

21,628

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

(350)

(350)

 –

21,628

1,030

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

1

1

 –

21,628

1,031

 –

 –

 –

 16

647

 –

 –

 –

2,193

2,840

3,499

 –

3,499

 –

(653)

6,440

 –

6,440

 –

Total
equity
$’000

19,549

3,499

(350)

3,149

 16

22,714

6,440

1

6,441

2,193

5,787

31,348

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

86

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Called up
 share capital
$’000

62

 –

 –

 –

 –

62

 –

 –

 –

 –

62

Share
premium
$’000

21,628

 –

 –

 –

 –

21,628

 –

 –

 –

 –

21,628

Foreign 
currency
translation 
reserve
$’000

Share  
option 
reserve
$’000

Retained 
earnings
$’000

 1,379

632

(3,876)

Total
equity
$’000

19,825

 –

(810)

(810)

 –

569

 –

376

376

 –

945

 –

 –

 –

 15

647

 –

 –

 –

2,193 

2,840

(1,182) 

(1,182) 

 –

(1,182)

 –

(810)

(1,993)

15

(5,059)

17,847

(219)

 –

(219)

 –

(219)

376

157

2,193 

(5,278)

20,197

Balance at 1 January 2018

Changes in equity

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive income

Share based payment

Balance at 31 December 2018

Changes in equity

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share based payment

Balance at 31 December 2019

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before income tax

Depreciation charges

Amortisation charges

Profit on sale of property

Share of associates profit

Share based payment

Movement in fair value of derivatives

Exchange adjustment on borrowings

Finance costs

Finance income

Increase/(decrease) in inventories

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of intangible fixed assets

Purchase of property plant and equipment

Purchase of an associate undertaking

Sale of property plant and equipment

Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Notes

16,26

15

17

34

29

25

9

9

19

20

24

15

16

17

9

2019
$’000

7,347

2,037

1,088

–

(14)

1,917

(2,875)

(715)

1,380

(15)

10,150

2,074

912

(912)

12,224

(1,609)

(22)

10,593

(161)

(2,763)

–

–

15

(2,909)

2018
Restated*
$’000

3,625

 1,875

 1,133

 (156)

 (23)

 15

2,871

 1,152

 1,396

 (4)

11,884

 (76)

(2,541)

(3,243)

6,024

(1,211)

 (399)

4,414

(177)

(798)

(18)

935

4

(54)

88

Cash flow from financing activities

New bank loans in the year

Bank loan principal repayments in year

Repayment of other loans

Transaction costs on debt refinancing

Movement in invoice discounting facility

Principal payments on leases

Net cash (used in) / from financing activities

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

27

27

27

27

27

21

2019
$’000

628

(4,733)

(72)

–

975

(836)

(4,038)

3,646

2,834

22

6,502

2018
Restated*
$’000

3,750

(5,468)

 (717)

 (648)

141

 (681)

(3,623)

737

 2,050

 47

2,834

* 

 A reallocation of the invoice discounting facility has been made out of cash and cash equivalents, with the movement in the balance instead shown within cash 
flow from financing activities. As a result, the comparative has been restated.

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements.

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Movement in fair value of derivatives

Movement in share option reserve

Finance income

Decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Net cash from financing activities

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The notes on pages 91 to 137 form part of these financial statements

Notes

21

2019
 $’000

352

(2,875)

2,193

(602)

(932)

86

340

(506)

(506)

–

(506)

–

506

–

2018 
$’000

(1,728)

2,871

–

–

1,143

 20

98

1,261

1,261

–

1,261

–

(1,261)

–-

90

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2019

1. GENERAL INFORMATION
INSPECS Holdings Limited is a private company limited by shares and is incorporated in England and Wales. The address of the 
Company’s principal place of business is 7-10 Kelso Place, Upper Bristol Road, Bath BA1 3AU.

The principal activity of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) in the year was that of design, production (from 2017), sale, 
marketing and distribution of high fashion eyewear and OEM products worldwide. The principal activity of the Company was that 
of a holding company.

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union, and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

Whilst the Group was not listed as at the year-end date, as of 27 February 2019 the Group was admitted onto the AIM market of 
the London Stock Exchange (see note 36). Therefore, an Annual Report has been prepared under the same basis as that of a listed 
Group for the year ended 31 December 2019, with this forming the comparative for the listed accounts of the Group next year.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for share based payments that have 
been measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 2 Share based payment and the derivative option over ‘C’ share measured at 
fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial instruments.

The presentational currency for the consolidated and Parent Company financial statements is the United States Dollar (US$) 
rounded to the nearest thousand. The consolidated financial statements provide comparative information in respect of the year 
ended 31 December 2018.

Going Concern 
Based on the Group’s forecasts and taking account of the dynamic situation unfolding with COVID-19, the Directors have 
adopted the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have made a 
current consideration of the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the cash flows and liquidity of the Group over the 
next 16 months. 

The assessment has considered the Group’s current financial position as follows:

•  The Group improved its cash position during the year with cash and cash equivalents ending the year at $6.5m up from $2.8m 

as at 31 December 2018.

•  The Group’s net assets being $31.3m at the end of 2019, with a reduction in the Group’s total borrowings from $22.1m to $19.0m.

•  On the 27 February 2020 the Group took out a new multi-currency revolving credit facility with HSBC that allows the Group to 
draw down up to $25m under that facility (see note 36). This allowed the Group to repay its existing borrowings and as at the 
date of this report the Group has undrawn facilities available under the RCF amounting to $8m.

•  On the 27 February 2020 the Group was admitted to the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange and raised $30m in new 
cash pre IPO expenses, which together with the undrawn RCF facility and existing cash reserves gives the group a strong 
balance sheet to weather the macro economic disruption situation caused by COVID-19.

This assessment has taken into account the current measures being put in place by the Group to preserve cash and ensure 
continuity of operations through:

•  Taking steps to reduce operating costs through reducing executive management pay by 60% and reducing working hours by 

20% for Head Office employees.

•  Ensuring continuation of its supply chain buildings on the benefit of having its own manufacturing sites and by using alternative 

third-party supply lines. For example, the Group is now delivering product to customers via sea freight.

•  Maintaining geographical sales diversification, focusing sales to online customers and seeking new revenue streams including 

the supply of safety eyewear to the NHS and other customers around the globe.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Going Concern continued 
This assessment includes the following assumptions in relation to the impact of COVID-19 on the results of the Group:

•  A reduction in monthly revenue from May – August 2020 in line with April 2020 levels, with a corresponding decrease in cost 

of sales.

•  A gradual increase in monthly revenue from September – November 2020 and  a return to budget from December 2020.

• 

• 

• 

Known operating cost reductions as noted above have been included in the calculation as well as not paying a dividend in this 
financial year. 

Known capital commitments have been included in the assessment. 

Fixed operating costs remain in line with the original budget.

•  Any tax liability relating to the uncertain tax positions will not be payable in the period.

Based on this assessment the Group remains a going concern and is forecasting to be in a strong cash position at the end of the 16 
month period.

To further test the resilience of the Group the Directors have explored three main stress test scenarios with substantially reduced 
revenue. These tests reduced revenue by 40%, 65%, and 80% out for the 16 month period to 31 August 2021. The tests considered 
what the impact of this reduction would be on both the cash position of the Group and the financial covenants associated with the 
new debt agreement. The Directors also performed a reverse cash stress test with no sales from the 1st June 2020 to the 30 June 
2021.

In the two worst case scenarios the interest cover debt covenant is breached during the period. In these instances the Group can 
repay it’s debt from its cash reserves.. After making this payment the Group was still able to meet its liabilities as they fall due and 
continue trading. In the scenarios where the debt covenants are not breached the Group remains able to meet its liabilities as they 
fall due and continue trading. 

These tests demonstrated the ability of the Group in certain situations to repay from its cash reserves its current facilities with 
HSBC under the new RCF facility. In all scenarios the Group was able to meet its liabilities as they fall due and comply with its loan 
requirements or repay the loan in the forecast period if required.

Based on the considerations above, the Directors believe that it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going 
concern basis. The financial statements do not reflect any adjustments which would be required to be made if they were prepared 
on a basis other than the going concern basis. 

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 
2019. Subsidiaries are any entities over which the Group has control. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, 
to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, the Group has:

•  Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee)

•  Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee

•  The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns

Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights results in control. To support this presumption and when 
the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and 
circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:

•  The contractual arrangement(s) with the other vote holders of the investee

•  Rights arising from other contractual arrangements

•  The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights

92

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or 
more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary 
and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or 
disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the 
date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of OCI are attributed to the equity holders of the parent of the Group. When necessary, 
adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies in line with the Group’s 
accounting policies. All intra-Group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions 
between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Business combination and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of 
the consideration transferred, which is measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interests in 
the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and 
designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Contingent 
consideration classified as equity is not remeasured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent 
consideration classified as an asset or liability that is a financial instrument and within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, 
is measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognised in the income statement in accordance with IFRS 9. Other 
contingent consideration that is not within the scope of IFRS 9 is measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in  
fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount 
recognised for non-controlling interests and any previous interest held over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed). If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses 
whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to 
measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net 
assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment 
testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-
generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the 
acquiree are assigned to those units.

Investment in associate undertaking
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not in control or joint control over those policies.

The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint controls are similar to those necessary to determine control 
over subsidiaries. The Group’s investment in its associate is accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in an associate is initially recognised at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is 
adjusted to recognise changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate since the acquisition date. 

The income statement reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the associate. Any change in OCI of those 
investees is presented as part of the Group’s OCI.

The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or loss of an associate is shown on the face of the income statement outside 
operating profit and represents profit or loss after tax and non-controlling interests in the subsidiaries of the associate.

The financial statement of the associate is prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. When necessary, adjustments are 
made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its 
investment in its associate. At each reporting date, the Group determines whether there is objective evidence that the investment 
in the associate is impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between 
the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value, and then recognises the loss within ‘Share of profit of an associate’ 
in the income statement.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Investment in associate undertaking continued
Upon loss of significant influence over the associate, the Group measures and recognises any retained investment at its fair value. 
Any difference between the carrying amount of the associate upon loss of significant influence or joint control and the fair value of 
the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.

Current and non-current classifications
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on current/non-current classification.

An asset is considered current when it is:

•  Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed within the usual parameters of trading activity and as a  

minimum within 12 months after the reporting period

Or

•  Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months  

after the reporting period

The Group classifies all other assets as non-current.

A liability is current when:

• 

It is expected to be settled in the normal parameters of trading activity and as a minimum is due to be settled within  
12 months after the reporting period

Or

•  There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period

The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

Revenue recognition
Revenue from contracts with customers
IFRS 15 establishes a five-step model to account for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is 
recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring 
goods or services to a customer.

IFRS 15 requires entities to exercise judgement, taking into consideration all of the relevant facts and circumstances when applying 
each step of the model to contracts with their customers. The standard also specifies the accounting for the incremental costs of 
obtaining a contract and the costs directly related to fulfilling a contract. In addition, the standard requires extensive disclosures.

Under IFRS 15 a sale with right of return is recognised if the customer receives any combination of the following:

•  a full or partial refund of any consideration paid;

•  a credit that can be applied against amounts owed, or that will be owed, to the entity; and

•  another product in exchange.

The Group have undertaken a review of their obligations under IFRS 15 and despite having no contractual agreement with the 
customer certain subsidiary entities have historically accepted a right to return with either a credit being applied against amounts 
owed or another product offered in exchange.

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of goods is transferred to the customers at an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods. 

Revenue is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for sale of goods to external customers in the 
ordinary nature of the business. The fair value of the consideration takes into account trade discounts, settlement discounts, 
volume rebates and the right of return.

94

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Sales of goods
Revenue from the sales of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, 
generally on delivery of the goods. 

Other income
Interest income is recognised on an accrual basis using the effective interest rate method by applying the rate that exactly 
discounts the estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial instruments or a shorter period, when 
appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Royalty income is recognised on the sale of the respective goods to which the Group is entitled. Other income is recognised  
on an accruals basis.

Rights of return
The Group estimates the impact of potential returns from customers based on historical data on returns. A refund liability is 
recognised for the goods that are expected to be returned (i.e. the amount not included in the transaction price). A right of return 
asset (and corresponding adjustment to cost of sales) is also recognised for the right to recover the goods from the customer.

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost 
less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangibles are not capitalised and 
the related expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an 
indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible 
asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the 
expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are considered to modify the amortisation 
period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible 
assets with finite lives is recognised in the profit or loss in the expense category that is consistent with the function of the 
intangible assets.

An intangible asset is derecognised upon disposal (i.e. at the date the recipient obtains control) or when no future economic 
benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising upon derecognition of the asset (calculated as the 
difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the profit or loss.  
Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Patents and licences 

Computer software 

Customer relationships 

Customer order book 

1–4 years 

3 years 

20 years 

6 months 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of an item  
of property, plant and equipment comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its 
working condition and location for its intended use.

Expenditure incurred after items of property, plant and equipment have been put into operation, such as repairs and maintenance, 
is charged to profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred. In situations when it is probable that future economic benefits 
associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost can be measured reliably then the expenditure for a major inspection 
is capitalised in the carrying amount of the asset as a replacement. Where significant parts of property, plant and equipment are 
required to be replaced at intervals, the Group recognises such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciates 
them accordingly.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Property, plant and equipment continued
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Freehold Property  

over 33 years  

Leasehold Improvements 

over the lease term 

Fixtures and Fittings 

Computer Equipment 

Plant and Machinery 

over 5 years 

over 3–5 years 

over 3–7 years 

The carrying values of property plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the cost of that item is allocated on a 
reasonable basis among the parts and each part is depreciated separately. Residual values, useful lives and the depreciation 
method are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at least at each financial year end.

An item of property, plant and equipment including any significant part initially recognised is derecognised upon disposal or  
when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss on disposal or retirement recognised  
in profit or loss in the year the asset is derecognised is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount  
of the relevant asset.

Leases
The Group applied a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases for which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets 
and lease liabilities to make lease payments.

Right of use asset
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available 
for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of right-of-
use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before 
the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the 
shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

Short Leasehold Property 

over 2–5 years 

Plant and Machinery 

over 3 years 

If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Group at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase 
option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset. The right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. 

Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments 
to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in substance fixed payments) less any lease 
incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate and amounts expected to be paid under residual 
value guarantees. 

The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and 
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate. Variable 
lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses (unless they are incurred to produce 
inventories) in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement 
date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of 
lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying 
amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g., 
changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the 
assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

96

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Group’s lease liabilities are included in interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery and equipment (i.e. those 
leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also 
applies the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that is considered to be low value.  
Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and estimated selling price less costs to sell after making due allowance for obsolete 
and slow moving items. Inventories are recognised as an expense in the period in which the related revenue is generated.

Cost is determined on an average cost basis. Cost includes the purchase price and other directly attributable costs to bring the 
inventory to its present location and condition.

At the end of each period, inventories are assessed for impairment. If an item of inventory is impaired, the identified inventory is 
reduced to its selling price less costs to complete and sell and an impairment charge is recognised in the income statement.

Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of 
another entity.

Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as subsequently measured at amortised cost, fair value through other 
comprehensive income (OCI) and fair value through profit or loss.

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and 
the Group’s business model for managing them. The Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus; in the case of a 
financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing 
component or for which the Group has applied the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price.

In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost or fair value through OCI, it needs to give rise to cash 
flows that are ‘solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI)’ on the principal amount outstanding. This assessment is referred 
to as the SPPI test and is performed at an instrument level. Financial assets with cash flows that are not SPPI are classified and 
measured at fair value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model.

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, the financial assets of the Group are classified as financial assets at amortised cost 
(debt instruments).

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments) 
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to 
impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.

The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes trade receivables, other receivables and loan to an associate included 
under other non-current financial assets.

The Group does not have any financial assets at fair value through OCI or financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a Group of similar financial assets) is primarily 
derecognised (i.e. removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position) when the rights to receive cash flows 
from the asset have expired.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass through arrangement, it 
evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership.

When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the 
asset, the Group continues to recognise the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, the Group 
also recognises an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the 
rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement continued
Financial liabilities continued 
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and  
borrowings or payables, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly 
attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank overdrafts.

The Group’s and Company’s financial liabilities include the option to subscribe for C equity shares treated as derivatives, due to 
exhibiting all three of the below characteristics:

•  Change in value in response to changes in a variable

•  No or minimal initial investment is required

• 

It is settled at a future date

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial liabilities are classified in two categories:

•  Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

•  Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings)

The Group has not designated any financial liability as at fair value through profit or loss except for options to subscribe for C 
equity shares held as derivatives with the movement in fair value passing through profit or loss.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings)
This is the category most relevant to the Group. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral 
part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance costs in the income statement. This category generally applies to 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 
Gains or losses on liabilities are recognised in the income statement. Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at 
fair value through profit or loss are designated at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in IFRS 9 are satisfied. 
Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. When an existing 
financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability 
are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the 
recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the income statement.

Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, 
or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The recoverable 
amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of 
those from other assets or Groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the 
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less 
costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate 
valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded 
companies or other available fair value indicators.

98

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Group bases its impairment calculation on most recent budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for 
each of the Group’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover a 
period of five years. A long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year.

Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the income statement in expense categories consistent with the 
function of the impaired asset.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that 
previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the 
asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the 
assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as at 31 December and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value  
may be impaired.

Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or Group of CGUs) to which the 
goodwill relates. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. 
Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually as at 31 December at the CGU level, as appropriate, 
and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Impairment of financial assets 
The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through profit 
or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash 
flows that the Group expects to receive.

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does 
not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. 

The Group considers a financial asset in default when internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely to receive 
the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking into account any credit enhancements held by the Group. A financial 
asset is written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand 
deposits, and short term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, are subject to 
an insignificant risk of changes in value, and have a short maturity of generally within three months when acquired, less bank 
overdrafts which are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of financial position, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and at 
banks, including term deposits, and assets similar in nature to cash, which are not restricted as to use.

Classification of shares as debt or equity instruments
Financial instruments issued by the Group are classified as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition of a 
financial liability. An equity instrument is a contract that evidences a residual interest in assets or an entity after deducting all its 
liabilities. Accordingly, a financial instrument is treated as equity if:

•  There is no contractual obligation to delivery cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or liabilities on terms 

that may be unfavourable; and

•  The instrument is a non-derivative that contains no contractual obligation to deliver a variable number of shares or is a 

derivative that will be settled only by the Company exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other assets for a fixed number of the 
Company’s own equity instruments.

Costs associated with the issue or sale of equity instruments are allocated against equity to the extent that the issue is a new issue, 
or expensed to the profit and loss for existing equity instruments.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Share based payments
Employees (including senior executives) of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby 
employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate 
valuation model, further details of which are given in the detailed notes to the accounts. That cost is recognised in employee 
benefits expense together with a corresponding increase in share option reserve, over the period in which the service and, where 
applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period).

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent 
to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately 
vest. The expense or credit in the income statement for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at 
the beginning and end of that period.

Service performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the 
likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that 
will ultimately vest. Any other conditions attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to 
be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead to an immediate expensing 
of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because service conditions have not been met. Where awards 
include a non-vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the non-vesting condition is 
satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the 
unmodified award provided the original vesting terms of the award are met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of 
modification, is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction or is 
otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an award is cancelled by the entity or by the counterparty, any remaining element of 
the fair value of the award is expensed immediately through profit or loss. The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as 
additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

Taxation
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised 
outside profit or loss, either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period, taking 
into consideration interpretations and practices prevailing in the countries in which the Group operates.

Tax liabilities are recognised when it is considered probable that there will be a future outflow of funds to a taxing authority. 
Uncertainties regarding availability of tax losses, in respect of enquiries raised and additional tax measurements issued, may be 
measured using the expected value method or single best estimate approach, depending on the nature of the uncertainty. Tax 
provisions are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. Management 
uses professional firms and previous experience when assessing tax risks.

Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the end of the reporting period between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except:

•  when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a 
business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

• 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, when the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of unused tax credits and any 
unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, the carryover of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

100

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

•  when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting 
profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

• 

in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are only 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable 
profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it 
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. 
Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at the end of each reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it  
has become probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised 
or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the 
reporting period.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if and only if the Group has a legally enforceable right exists to set off 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority 
on either the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current 
tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in 
which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

Foreign currencies
These financial statements are presented in US$, which is the Group’s presentational currency. Each entity in the Group 
determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that 
functional currency. Foreign currency transactions recorded by the entities in the Group are initially recorded using their 
respective functional currency rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency rates of exchange 
ruling at the end of the reporting period. Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognised in 
profit or loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates 
at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the 
exchange rates at the date when the fair value was measured.

The gain or loss arising on translation of a non-monetary item measured at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of the 
gain or loss on change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation difference on the item whose fair value gain or loss is recognised in 
other comprehensive income or profit or loss is also recognised in other comprehensive income or profit or loss, respectively).

The functional currencies of certain overseas subsidiaries are currencies other than the US$. As at the end of the reporting period, 
the assets and liabilities of these entities are translated into US$ at the exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period 
and their income statements are translated into US$ at the average exchange rates for the year.

The resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency 
translation reserve. On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of other comprehensive income relating to that particular 
foreign operation is recognised in profit or loss

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities arising on acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate at 31 
December 2018 and 31 December 2019.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the cash flows of overseas subsidiaries are translated into US$ at 
the exchange rates ruling at the dates of the cash flows. Frequently recurring cash flows of overseas subsidiaries which arise 
throughout the period are translated into US$ at the average exchange rates for the year.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes, where the amounts are charged to the statement of comprehensive 
income is the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and the contributions 
actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Provisions
A provision is recognised when a present obligation (legal or constructive) has arisen as a result of a past event and it is probable 
that a future outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, provided that a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation.

When the effect of discounting is material, the amount recognised for a provision is the present value at the end of the reporting 
period of the future expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation. The increase in the discounted present value 
amount arising from the passage of time is included in finance costs in profit or loss.

New and amended standards and interpretations
IFRIC Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment
The Interpretation addresses the accounting for income taxes when tax treatments involve uncertainty that affects the 
application of IAS 12 Income Taxes. It does not apply to taxes or levies outside the scope of IAS 12, nor does it specifically include 
requirements relating to interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax treatments. It is effective for periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2019. The Interpretation specifically addresses the following:

•  Whether an entity considers uncertain tax treatments separately

•  The assumptions an entity makes about the examination of tax treatments by taxation authorities

•  How an entity determines taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates

•  How an entity considers changes in facts and circumstances The Group determines whether to consider each uncertain tax 

treatment separately or together with one or more other uncertain tax treatments and uses the approach that better predicts 
the resolution of the uncertainty.

The Group applies significant judgement in identifying uncertainties over income tax treatments. Since the Group operates in a 
complex multinational environment, it assessed whether the Interpretation had an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Upon adoption of the Interpretation, the Group considered whether it has any uncertain tax positions, particularly those relating 
to transfer pricing. The Company’s and the subsidiaries’ tax filings in different jurisdictions include deductions related to transfer 
pricing and the taxation authorities may challenge those tax treatments. As such an associated provision has been recognised, 
which is discussed in more detail in note 3.

Issued but not yet effective international financial reporting standards
The Group has not applied any of the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective, in these 
financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 3 Definition of a Business effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020.
In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to the definition of a business in IFRS 3 Business Combinations to help entities 
determine whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a business or not. They clarify the minimum requirements for a 
business, remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing elements, add guidance to 
help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive, narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs, and introduce 
an optional fair value concentration test. 

Since the amendments apply prospectively to transactions or other events that occur on or after the date of first application, the 
Group will not be affected by these amendments on the date of transition.

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture. 
No mandatory effective date yet determined but available for adoption.
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (2011) address an inconsistency between the requirements in IFRS 10 and in IAS 28 (2011) in 
dealing with the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. The amendments require 
a full recognition of a gain or loss when the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture 
constitutes a business. For a transaction involving assets that do not constitute a business, a gain or loss resulting from the 
transaction is recognised in the investor’s profit or loss only to the extent of the unrelated investor’s interest in that associate 
or joint venture. The amendments are to be applied prospectively. The previous mandatory effective date of amendments to 
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (2011) was removed by the IASB in January 2016 and a new mandatory effective date will be determined after 
the completion of a broader review of accounting for associates and joint ventures. However, the amendments are available for 
adoption now.

102

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of Material effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020.
In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 Accounting Policies, 
Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors to align the definition of ‘material’ across the standards and to clarify certain aspects 
of the definition. The new definition states that, ’Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably 
be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those 
financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity.’

The amendments to the definition of material is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated  
financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 28 Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures effective of annual periods beginning on  
or after 1 January 2019.
Amendments to IAS 28 clarify that the scope exclusion of IFRS 9 only includes interests in an associate or joint venture to which 
the equity method is applied and does not include long-term interests that in substance form part of the net investment in the 
associate or joint venture, to which the equity method has not been applied. Therefore, an entity applies IFRS 9, rather than IAS 
28, including the impairment requirements under IFRS 9, in accounting for such long-term interests. IAS 28 is then applied to the 
net investment, which includes the long-term interests, only in the context of recognising losses of an associate or joint venture 
and impairment of the net investment in the associate or joint venture. The Group expects to adopt the amendments on 1 January 
2019 and will assess its business model for such long-term interests based on the facts and circumstances that exist on 1 January 
2019 using the transitional requirements in the amendments. The Group also intends to apply the relief from restating comparative 
information for prior periods upon adoption of the amendments.

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and their accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure 
of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets or liabilities affected in the future.

Estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, 
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial 
year, are described below.

Impairment of goodwill
The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the value in use of 
the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of 
the expected future cash flows from the cash-generating units and also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the 
present value of those cash flows. The carrying amount of goodwill at 31 December 2019 was $12,798,000 (2018: $12,394,000). No 
provision for impairment of goodwill was made as at the end of the reporting period.

Valuation of derivative liabilities
In determining the fair value of derivatives relating to options to subscribe for C equity shares, the Directors have obtained an 
external valuation having provided the necessary input parameters and variables. The Directors have then reviewed the valuation 
provided and its methodology and consider it an appropriate valuation for the derivative held. The valuation was determined 
using a Monte Carlo model and includes reference to grant date valuation and performance of the Group subsequently, as well as 
valuation at the end date of the arrangement. Assumptions have been used in preparing this valuation which contain estimation 
of future market conditions and volatility, including comparison to the volatility of similar entities. This valuation will be repeated 
in future periods over which time the level of estimation required to the end point will narrow. The estimation is re-assessed at 
the end of each reporting period, with any change in fair value being recognised through the income statement. The options to 
subscribe for C equity shares are discussed in more detail in notes 12 and 29, with disclosures in relation to estimation uncertainty 
and sensitivities included in note 29.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY CONTINUED

Useful lives and impairment of intangible assets
In determining the useful lives of items of intangible assets the Group has to consider various factors, such as technical or 
commercial obsolescence arising from changes in the market demands and historical experience. Adjustment of depreciation 
is made if the estimated useful lives of intangible assets are different from previous estimation. Useful lives are reviewed, and 
adjusted if appropriate, at least at the end of each reporting period, based on any changes in circumstances.

The carrying value of intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with the accounting policies as disclosed in the financial statements. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use, the calculations of which involve the use 
of estimates about the future cash flows generated by each asset or the relevant cash-generating units to which the asset belongs. 
When value in use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future cash flows from the asset or cash-
generating unit and choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows.

Uncertain tax positions
Tax authorities could challenge and investigate the Group’s transfer pricing or tax domicile arrangements. As a growing, 
international business, there is an inherent risk that local tax authorities around the world could challenge either historical transfer 
pricing arrangements between other entities within the Group and subsidiaries or branches in those local jurisdictions, or the tax 
domicile of subsidiaries or branches that operate in those local jurisdictions.

As a result, the Group has identified it is exposed to uncertain tax positions, which it has measured using an expected value 
methodology. Such methodologies require estimates to be made by management including the relative likelihood of each of the 
possible outcomes occurring, the periods over which the tax authorities may raise a challenge to the Group’s transfer pricing or 
tax domicile arrangements; and the quantum of interest and penalties payable in additions to the underlying tax liability. Further 
details are given in Note 30.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred 
tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits, together with future tax 
planning strategies.

In addition to the deferred tax asset and liabilities recognised, the Group has tax losses that arose in a subsidiary of $1,150,000 (2018: 
$1,150,000) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable profits of the company in which the losses arose.

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in respect of these losses as these losses may not be used to offset against taxable 
profits elsewhere in the Group and there is no evidence of these losses being utilised by the subsidiary in the future.

If the Group were able to recognise all unrecognised deferred tax assets, the profit would increase by $219,000 (2018: $219,000).

104

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

4. REVENUE
The revenue of the Group is attributable to the one principal activity of the Group.

a) Geographical analysis
The Group’s revenue by destination is split in the following geographic areas:

United Kingdom

Europe (excluding UK)

North America

South America

Asia

Australia

2019 
$’000

15,242

18,657

16,038

975

6,187

4,148

61,247

2018 
$’000

13,046

20,636

15,592

 901

 5,891

1,229

57,295

In the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group has two customers which account for more than 10% of the Group’s revenues.  
The revenue generated from each customer is $11,289,000 (2018: $10,271,000) and $7,022,000 (2018: $7,005,000). The revenue  
from each customer relates to both segments as identified in Note 6.

b) Right of return assets and liabilities

Right of return asset

Right of return liability

2019 
$’000

96

(476)

2018
 $’000

109

(453)

Under IFRS 15 a sale with right of return is recognised if the customer receives any combination of the following:

•  a full or partial refund of any consideration paid;

•  a credit that can be applied against amounts owed, or that will be owed, to the entity; and

•  another product in exchange.

The Group has undertaken a review of their obligations under IFRS 15 and despite having no long-term contractual agreements 
with customers, certain subsidiary entities have historically accepted a right to return with the combination of a credit being 
applied against amounts owed or another product is offered in exchange.

The right of return asset is presented as a component of inventory (note 19) and the right of return liability is presented separately 
on the face of the balance sheet.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

5. OTHER INCOME

Royalty income

Sundry income

2019 
$’000

62

71

133

 2018 
$’000

91

86

177

Royalty income relates to remuneration received from customers for the design of concept frames. Sundry income in 2019 relates 
to income from an insurance claim.

6. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group operates in seven operating segments, which upon application of the aggregation criteria set out in IFRS 8 Operating 
Segments results in two reporting segments;

•  Wholesale – being OEM and manufacturing distribution

•  Branded product distribution

The criteria applied to identify the operating segments are consistent with the way the Group is managed. In particular, the 
disclosures are consistent with the information regularly reviewed by the CEO and the CFO in their role as Chief Operating 
Decision Makers, to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments and assess their performance.

The process by which reporting segments were identified included a review of qualitative and quantitative characteristics of 
each operating segment, including revenue stream, the nature of products, customers, distribution methods and profit margins. 
Operating segments considered to supply product through similar mechanisms of supply chain have then been aggregated. Head 
office costs have been fully allocated to the branded segment. 

The reportable segments subject to disclosure are consistent with the organisational model adopted by the Group during the 
financial year ended 31 December 2019 is as below:

Branded
$’000

Wholesale
$’000

Total before
adjustments &
eliminations
$’000

Adjustments & 
eliminations
$’000

Total
$’000

27,729

2,175

29,905

33,518

3,256

36,773

61,247

5,431

66,678

(18,723)

(20,194)

(38,917)

–

61,247

(5,431)

(5,431)

5,206

–

61,247

(33,711)

11,182

16,579

27,761

(225)

27,536

(9,772)

(6,743)

(16,515)

(84)

(16,599)

35

(417)

(18)

1,010

98

(1,620)

(1,070)

7,244

133

(2,037)

(1,088)

8,254

–

–

–

(309)

133

(2,037)

(1,088)

7,945

Revenue

External

Internal

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Expenses

Other income

Depreciation

Amortisation

Operating profit

106

Branded
$’000

Wholesale
$’000

Total before
adjustments &
eliminations
$’000

Adjustments & 
eliminations
$’000

 56,815

 (42,618)

 14,197

 66,018

 122,833

 (4,676)

 61,342

 (47,294)

 75,539

(52,678)

 33,956

(18,722)

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Total
$’000

715

2,865

(2,827)

(1,380)

15

14

(907)

6,440

 70,155

 (13,338)

 56,817

 1,221

(2,612)

 (2,917)

(3,536)

 (17,625)

 31,348

 143

 2,782

 2,924

–

 2,924

Exchange adjustment on borrowings

Movement in derivatives

Initial public offering costs

Finance costs

Finance income

Associates profit

Taxation

Profit for the year

Total assets

Total liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Current tax liability

Deferred tax liability

Derivative liability

Borrowings

Group net assets

Other disclosures

Capital additions

Total assets are the Group’s gross assets excluding deferred tax asset. Total liabilities are the Group’s gross liabilities excluding 
loans and borrowings, current and deferred tax liabilities and derivative liabilities. 

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

6. SEGMENT INFORMATION CONTINUED
The reportable segments subject to disclosure are consistent with the organisational model adopted by the Group during the 
financial year ended 31 December 2018 is as below:

Revenue

External

Internal

Cost of Sales

Gross profit

Expenses

Other income

Depreciation

Amortisation

Operating profit

Exchange adjustment on borrowings

Movement in derivatives

Finance costs

Finance income

Associates profit

Taxation

Profit for the year

Total assets

Total liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Current tax liability

Deferred tax liability

Derivative liability

Borrowings

Group net assets

Other disclosures

Capital additions

 Branded
$’000

 Wholesale
$’000

Total before 
adjustments & 
eliminations
$’000

Adjustment & 
elimination
$’000

Total
$’000

 26,523

 3,614

 30,137

 30,771

 2,278

 33,050

 57,295

 5,892

 63,186

(18,656)

(18,405)

(37,062)

 –

 57,295

(5,892)

(5,892)

 5,667

 –

 57,295

(31,395)

 11,481

 14,644

 26,125

 (225)

 25,900

 (8,469)

 (5,634)

 (14,103)

 68

 (321)

 (20)

 2,739

 109

 (1,554)

 (1,113)

 6,452

 177

 (1,875)

 (1,133)

 9,191

 51

 –

 –

 –

 (174)

 56,254

 (34,332)

 21,922

 59,533

 115,787

(8,518)

 (42,850)

 51,015

 72,937

(47,482)

 29,460

(18,022)

(14,053)

 177

 (1,875)

 (1,133)

9,017

(1,152)

(2,871)

(1,396)

 4

 23

(126)

 3,499

68,305

 (13,390)

54,915

1,025

(2,303)

 (2,886)

(6,296)

 (21,741)

22,714

 187

 788

 975

–

975

Total assets are the Group’s gross assets excluding deferred tax asset. Total liabilities are the Group’s gross liabilities excluding 
loans and borrowings, current and deferred tax liabilities and derivative liabilities.

108

 
>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Acquisition costs, net finance costs and taxation are not allocated to individual segments as the underlying instruments are 
managed on a Group basis.

Deferred tax and borrowings are not allocated to individual segments as they are managed on a Group basis.

Adjusted items relate to elimination of all intra Group items including any profit adjustments on intra group sales that are 
eliminated on consolidation, along with the profit and loss items of the Parent Company.

Adjusted items in relation to segmental assets and liabilities relate to the elimination of all intra group balances and investments in 
subsidiaries, and assets and liabilities of the Parent Company.

Non-current operating assets

United Kingdom

Europe

North America

Asia

2019
$’000

5,410

183

150

36,175

41,918

2018
$’000

5,759

29

238

 34,610

40,636

Non-current assets for this purpose consist of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, goodwill and intangible assets.

7. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

Included in cost of sales

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Included in administration costs

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share based payment expense

The average number of employees during the year was as follows:

Administration

Selling and operations

Production

2019
 $’000

4,329

96

8

4,434

9,268

580

162

1,917

11,926

2018 
$’000

 4,205

 28

 5

 4,238

 8,360

 612

 165

15

9,152

16,360

13,390

2019

176

54

992

1,222

2018

172

 53

1,086

1,311

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

7. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS CONTINUED
Directors’ remuneration during the year was as follows:

Directors’ remuneration

Directors’ pension contributions

Share based payment

Information regarding the highest paid Director is as follows:

2019
 $’000

1,148

3

539

1,690

2019
 $’000

 792

2018 
$’000

1,076

3

–

1,079

2018 
$’000

 746

The number of Directors to whom retirement benefits were in relation to during the year is 2 (2018: 2). This was in the form of a 
defined contribution pension scheme.

8. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING COSTS
In the year to 31 December 2019 the Group incurred costs relating to preparation for Initial Public Offering (IPO) of existing shares 
of $2,827,000. A further $599,000 was incurred in relation to the IPO of new shares, with this balance being prepaid at the balance 
sheet date to be allocated against equity on the date of IPO, which occurred on 27 February 2020.

9. FINANCE COSTS AND FINANCE INCOME

2019 
$’000

930

92

41

286

31

1,380

2018 
$’000

 995

 82

 75

 185

 59

1,396

15

4

Finance costs

Bank loan interest

Other loan interest

Invoice discounting interest & charges

Amortisation of bank loan transaction

Lease interest

Total finance costs

Finance income

Interest receivable

110

10. PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX
The profit before income tax is stated after charging/(crediting)

Cost of inventories recognised as expense

Short term leases

Depreciation own assets (note 16)

Depreciation – Right of use assets (note 26)

Amortisation – Intangibles (note 15)

Foreign exchange differences

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for audit services:

Audit of the Company and Group accounts

Audit of the subsidiaries

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for non-audit services:

Costs associated with IPO

IFRS conversion costs

Tax services

11. INCOME TAX

Analysis of tax expense

Current Tax:

Tax

Overseas current tax expense

Adjustment re prior years

Total current tax

Deferred Tax: (See Note 28)

Deferred tax income relating to the origination and reversal of timing differences

Total deferred tax

Total tax expense reported in the consolidated income statement

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2018
 $’000

 21,215

 243

 1,204

 670

 1,133

 (405)

2018 
$’000

18

204

–

–

-

2018 
$’000

430 

287

–

717

(591)

(591)

126

2019
 $’000

21,579

200

1,301

736

1,088

(623)

2019 
$’000

20

644

1,229

232

33

2019 
$’000

485

453

12

950

(43)

(43)

907

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

11. INCOME TAX CONTINUED

Factors affecting the tax expense
The tax assessed for the year is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The difference is explained below: 

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Profit/(loss) multiplied by standard rate of corporation  
tax in the UK of 19.00% (2018: 19.00%)

Effects of:

Non-deductible expenses – Share based payment

Non-deductible expenses – Amortisation of intangible assets

Non-deductible expenses – Other expenses

Increase in provision for uncertain tax liabilities

Income taxed in nil rate regime

Different tax rate for overseas subsidiaries

Transfer pricing adjustments

Tax rate changes

Adjustments in respect of prior year

Tax expense

2019 
$’000

7,347

1,396

42

183

(42)

463

(1,222)

59

6

(54)

76

907

2018 
$’000

3,625

 689

 3

193

47 

429

 (1,131)

 (104)

–

–

–

 126

Income not taxable for tax purposes relates to income generated in jurisdictions within which there is a nil taxation rate. 

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE
As discussed within the basis of preparation, the Group is not listed as at the balance sheet date and is therefore not required to 
include EPS disclosures. However, it is considered that this information is useful to the reader and is therefore included. Basic EPS 
is calculated by dividing the profit or loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Parent by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Parent by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares that would 
be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential Ordinary Shares into Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the inclusion of such 
shares is not anti-dilutive.

Basic earnings per share is therefore $16.38 (2018: $8.90), with diluted earnings per share $14.80 (2018: $8.14).

The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS calculations:

ORDINARY SHARES

Profit/ (Loss) attributable to the ordinary equity  
holders of the Parent for basic earnings

2019  
$’000

–

2018  
$’000

–

Number of shares

Number of shares

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for basic EPS

227,870

 227,870

Effect of dilution from:

Share options

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares adjusted  
for the effect of dilution

42,016

36,570

269,886

264,440

112

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

B ORDINARY SHARES

Profit/ (Loss) attributable to the ordinary equity  
holders of the Parent for basic earnings

2019  
$’000

2018  
$’000

6,440

 3,499

Number of shares

Number of shares

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for basic EPS

135,385

 135,385

Effect of dilution from:

Share options

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares adjusted  
for the effect of dilution

C ORDINARY SHARES

Profit/ (Loss) attributable to the ordinary equity  
holders of the Parent for basic earnings

–

–

135,385

 135,385

2019  
$’000

–

2018  
$’000

–

Number of shares

Number of shares

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for basic EPS

30,000

 30,000

Effect of dilution from:

Share options

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares adjusted  
for the effect of dilution

–

–

30,000

30,000

Each Ordinary Share carries the right to participate in distributions, as respects dividends and as respects capital on winding up, 
subject to each B Ordinary Share having received an amount equal to a cumulative ‘minimum realisation amount’ of $175 per share. 
For the purposes of the calculation of earnings per share, earnings have been attributed to both share classes, for the period of 
which they were in issue. Each Ordinary Share carries one vote per share and shares are not redeemable.

Each B Ordinary Share carries the right to participate in distributions, as respects dividends and as respects capital on winding up. 
Each ‘B’ share is subject to having received an amount equal to the minimum realisation amount of $175 before Ordinary Shares 
have the right to participate in distributions. Each B Ordinary Share carries one vote per share and shares are not redeemable. 

No C Ordinary Shares have been issued during the periods presented. As part of investment into the Group by certain private 
equity investors, an option (the “C-share option”) was given to those private equity investors over up to 30,000 C Ordinary Shares 
which may be issued should the option become exercisable and is exercised. If exercised, these shares rank pari passu with the 
rights of the Ordinary Shares of the Company in relation to liquidation and distribution rights, but hold no voting rights.

13. PROFIT OF PARENT COMPANY
As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate Income Statement dealing with the results of the Parent 
Company, has not been presented. The Parent Company loss for the period ended 31 December 2019 is $(219,000), (2018: 
$(1,182,000) loss).

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

14. GOODWILL

Group

COST

At 1 January 2019

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2019

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2019

COST

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2018

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2018

$’000

12,394

404

12,798

12,798

$’000

13,098

 (704)

12,394

12,394

Impairment testing of goodwill 
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to the Cash-generating Unit of Twenty20 Limited 
($12,547,000 as at 31 December 2019) and INSPECS Limited ($251,000 as at 31 December 2019) for impairment testing.

Twenty20 Limited
The recoverable amount of the Cash-generating Unit has been determined based on a value in use calculation using cash  
flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five-year period approved by senior management.

The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 17.6% and cash flows beyond the five-year period were extrapolated using 
a growth rate of 2% in perpetuity. Based on management’s assessment there is no impairment adjustment required on goodwill.

To recognise an impairment provision, the discount rate would have to exceed 28.3%.

To recognise an impairment provision the CGU’s revenue would have to show nil growth from 2021 onwards with the applicable 
discount rate remaining at 17.6%

INSPECS Limited
The recoverable amount of the Cash-generating Unit has been determined based on a value in use calculation using cash flow 
projections based on financial budgets covering a five-year period approved by senior management.

The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 10.3% and cash flows beyond the five-year period were extrapolated 
using a growth rate of 2% in perpetuity. Based on management’s assessment there is no impairment adjustment required 
on goodwill.

To recognise an impairment provision, the Company would have cashflows only for a three-year period and have a discount rate 
at 65.5%.

To recognise an impairment provision the CGU’s revenue would have no growth for the five-year period with the applicable 
discount rate at 40.6%.

To recognise an impairment on discount rate alone, the rate would need to increase to 122%.

Assumptions were used in the value in use calculation of the Cash-generating Unit for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 
December 2018. The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections to 
undertake impairment testing of goodwill:

114

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Forecasted revenue and results of operations
The forecasted revenue and results of operations have been determined based on the past performance of the Cash-generating 
Unit and management’s expected market development with sensitivity of these assumptions as noted above.

Discount rate
The discount rate used is before tax and reflects specific risks relating to the Cash-generating Unit.

Business environment
No major changes in the existing political, legal and economic conditions in those locations in which the Cash-generating  
Unit operates.

15. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group

COST

At 1 January 2019

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

AMORTISATION

At 1 January 2019

Amortisation for the year

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2019

COST

At 1 January 2018

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2018

AMORTISATION

At 1 January 2018

Amortisation for the year

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2018

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2018

Patents and
licences
$’000

Customer 
relationships
$’000

Customer 
order book
$’000

Computer
software
$’000

163

67

3

233

78

48

2

128

19,268

1,531

-

641

-

51

19,909

1,582

1,847

964

93

2,904

1,531

-

51

1,582

605

94

6

705

252

76

5

333

Totals
$’000

21,567

161

701

22,429

3,708

1,088

151

4,947

105

17,005

-

372

17,482

Patents and
licences
$’000

Customer 
relationships
$’000

Customer 
order book
$’000

Computer
software
$’000

139

 39

(15)

163

41

 50

(12)

78

20,385 

1,620

 -

 (1,117)

19,268

934

1,014

 (101)

1,847

-

(89)

1,531

1,620

-

(89)

1,531

459

138

 8

605

182

 68

 2

252

Totals
$’000

22,603

177

(1,213)

21,567

2,777

1,133

 (201)

3,708

85

17,422

-

352

17,859

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

15. INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
The individual intangible assets, excluding goodwill, which are material to the financial statements are:

Intangible Asset

Customer relationships

2019

2018

Remaining 
amortisation  

Remaining 
amortisation  

$’000

period (years)

$’000

period (years)

17,005

17

17,422

18

16. PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The Company’s property, plant and equipment are subject to a charge to secure against the Group’s bank loans.

Group

COST 

At 1 January 2019

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

DEPRECIATION

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Eliminated on disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

NET BOOK VALUE

Freehold 
property
$’000

Leasehold 
improvement
$’000

Plant & 
machinery
$’000

Fixtures  

& fittings
$’000

Computer 
equipment
$’000

Construction 
in progress
$’000

5,444

1,242

 (58)

 (144)

6,484

304

196

–

(152)

348

 282

116

–

–

5,521

1,144

(12)

(220)

262

8

–

8

398

6,433

278

 147

63

–

–

2,122

942

–

(194)

210

2,870

184

26

–

7

217

645

90

–

10

745

453

74

–

9

536

 Total
$’000

 12,154

2,763

(70)

(346)

–

163

–

–

163

14,501

–

–

–

–

–

 3,210

1,301

–

(330)

4,181

At 31 December 2019

6,136

188

3,563

61

209

163

10,320

116

Group

COST

At 1 January 2018

Additions

Additions with subsidiaries

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2018

DEPRECIATION

At 1 January 2018

Charge for the year

Eliminated on Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2018

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2018

17. INVESTMENTS

Group

Share of net assets of associate

COST

At 1 January 2019

Share of profit

Exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2019

Revenue

Expenses

Profit before tax

Income tax

 Freehold
 property
$’000

 Leasehold
improvement
$’000

 Plant &
 machinery
$’000

 Fixtures  
& fittings
$’000

Computer
 equipment
$’000

 6,298

 295

 5,388

13

 (838)

 (30)

 14

 –

(27)

 591

 (2)

 (456)

 5,444

 282

 5,521

 208

 163

 (60)

 (7)

 304

 116

52

 –

 (21)

 147

1,513

 921

 –

 (312)

 2,122

 224

 53

– 

 (14)

 262

 181

 16

 – 

 (13)

 184

 559

 127

 –

 (43)

 645

 440

 52

–

 (39)

 453

 Total
$’000

 12,765

 798

 (839)

 (570)

 12,154

 2,458

 1,204

 (60)

 (391)

 3,210

 5,140

 135

 3,399

 79

 191

 8,944

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Interest in
associates
$’000

 40

 14

(1)

 53

 53

$’000

193

(179)

14

–

14

Share of profit of associate for the year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s associated undertaking is Ruain Zuoyou Glasses Co Ltd, a company registered in China.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

17. INVESTMENTS CONTINUED

Company

COST

At 1 January 2019 and 31 December 2019

PROVISION FOR IMPAIRMENT

At 1 January 2019

Impairment charge

Exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2019

COST

At 1 January 2018 and 31 December 2018

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2018

Shares in
subsidiaries
$’000

 3,155

–

 10

3

13

3,142

Shares in
subsidiaries
$’000

 3,155

 3,155

Investments held are shown below. Investments held directly by the Company are marked *. The remaining investments are held 
indirectly by the Company.

Subsidiaries

Registered office

Nature of business

Class of 
shares

% holding

INSPECS Limited*

7-10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 3AU, UK

Eye wear trading

Ordinary

100.00

INSPECS USA LLC*

18401 US Highway 19N, Clearwater, Florida 33764, 
USA

Eye wear trading

Ordinary

100.00

Algha Group Limited*

7-10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 3AU, UK

Eye wear manufacturing Ordinary

100.00

INSPECS Scandinavia 
AB*

184 40 Akersberga, Stockholm, Sweden

Eye wear trading

Ordinary

100.00

Maronglow Limited1

7-10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 3AU, UK

Dormant

Ordinary

100.00

UK Optical Limited*

7-10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 3AU, UK

Dormant

Ordinary

100.00

American Optical UK 
Limited*

Twenty20 Limited2

7-10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 3AU, UK

Dormant

Ordinary

100.00

Elian Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Limited,  
89 Nexus Way,  Camana Bay, Grand Cayman  
KY1-9007, Cayman Islands

Holding company

Ordinary

100.00

Bandoma Limited3

Suite 6, Watergardens 4, Gibraltar

Holding company

Ordinary

100.00

118

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Subsidiaries

Registered office

Nature of business

Class of 
shares

% holding

Ice Foster Limited3

Nemours Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British 
Virgin Islands

Holding company

Ordinary

100.00

Killine Group Limited4

Elian Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Limited,  
89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman  
KY1-9007, Cayman Islands

Holding company

Ordinary

100.00

Killine Optical Limited3 Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao, nos 335-341, 

Eye wear trading

Ordinary

100.00

Edificio Centro Hotline, 21 andar A, em Macau

Neo Optical Company 
Limited5

Neo Town Industrial Zone, Yen Dung District,  
Bac Giang Province, Vietnam

Eye wear manufacturing Ordinary

100.00

On Sight Services-
Sociedade Unipessoa, 
Lda3

Rua Soares de Passos, 10A/10B

Eye wear design

Ordinary

100.00

O.W. Ventures Limited3 Unit 305-7, 3/F, Laford Centre, 838 Lai Chi Kok Road, 

Corporate management Ordinary

100.00

Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Zhongshan Torkai 
Optical Co Limited6

Shagou Industrial Park, Banfu County, Zhongshan, 
Guangdong, China

Eye wear manufacturing Ordinary

100.00

Neway (Macao 
Commercial  
Offshore) Limited

Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao, nos 335-341 
Edificio Hot line, 21 andar D, em Macau

Eye wear trading

Ordinary

100.00

Kudos S.R.L.

Via Noai 5, Domeggi Di Cadore, CAP 32040, Italy

Eye wear manufacture

Ordinary

100.00

Primoptic Limited7

Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao, nos 335-341, 
Edificio Centro hotline, 21 andar A, em Macau

Eye wear trading

Ordinary

100.00

Yardine Limited3

Nemours Chambers Limited, Road Town, Tortola, 
British Virgin Islands

Holding company

Ordinary

100.00

INSPECS Asia Limited*

10F Sing Ho Finance Building, 166-168 Gloucester 
Road, Hong Kong

Quality Control Services Ordinary

100.00

Duval Company  
Group Limited3

Registered office: Nemours Chambers, Road Town, 
Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Holding company

Ordinary

100.00

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

The shares are held by Algha Group Limited.

The shares are held by INSPECS Limited.

The shares are held by Killine Group Limited.

The shares are held by Twenty20 Limited.

The shares are held by Killine Optical Limited.

The shares are held by Bandoma Limited.

The shares are held by Duval Company Group Limited.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

18. LOANS TO GROUP UNDERTAKINGS

Company 

COST

At 31 December 2018 and at 31 December 2019

FAIR VALUE

At 31 December 2018

Interest during the year

At 31 December 2019

Loans to Group 
undertakings 
$’000

 20,769

Loans to Group 
undertakings 
$’000

 20,769

 603

 21,372

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and interest free. The amount owed is repayable in February 2027 but 
voluntary prepayment is permissible. The amount owed is subordinated to the subsidiary’s bank loan.

19. INVENTORIES

Raw materials

Work in progress

Finished goods

2019
 $’000

1,409

2,725

4,581

8,715

The above includes amounts in respect of right of return asset and the amount for each year is as below; 

Finished Goods – Right of return asset

Inventories are stated after provisions for impairment of $1,841,000 (2018: $1,738,000)

2019 
$’000

96

2018
 $’000

2,115

3,600

5,075

10,790

2018 
$’000

109

120

 
>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current:

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by related parties

Prepayments

Other receivables

Tax receivable

Non-current:

Other receivables

Aggregate amounts

Group

2019 
$’000

9,815

34

2,288

738

–

12,875

–

12,875

2018 
$’000

 12,205

 2

1,080

458

 9

13,754

 42

13,796

Other receivables include balances held on deposit and royalties receivable.

An ageing analysis of the trade receivables as at the end of the reporting period, based on the invoice date and net of loss 
allowance, is as follows:

Due in one month

1–2 months

2–3 months

Over 3 months

Set out below is the movement in the allowance for expected credit losses of trade receivables.

At 1 January

Movement in the year

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

2019 
$’000

8,846

437

395

137

9,815

2019
 $’000

29

(10)

–

19

2018 
$’000

7,911

3,686

 426

 182

 12,205

2018 
$’000

70

(40)

(1)

29

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES CONTINUED

Group
Amounts owed by related undertaking are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

The Group’s trading terms with its customers are mainly on credit. The credit period is generally 30 to 90 days. Each customer 
has a maximum credit limit. The Group seeks to maintain strict control over its outstanding receivables and has a credit control 
department to minimise credit risk. Overdue balances are reviewed regularly by senior management. The Group’s large retail 
chain orders on purchase orders which are paid within 30 to 60 days and other customers are well diversified and hence there is 
no significant credit risk. The Group does not hold any collateral or other credit enhancements over its trade receivable balances. 
Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing. They are stated net of loss allowance.

Impairment under IFRS 9 
An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date to measure expected credit losses. The provision rates are based 
on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns (i.e. by customer type and rating). The 
calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that 
is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. Generally, 
trade receivables are written off if past due for more than one year and are not subject to enforcement activity.

As at 31 December 2019, the expected credit loss rate for the Group’s trade receivables is minimal for all trade receivables.

Company

Current:

Prepayments and other receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiaries

2019 
$’000

526

–

526

2018
 $’000

–

 611

611

Amounts owed by subsidiaries are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

21. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Group

Cash in hand

Bank accounts

2019 
$’000

1

6,594

6,595

2018 
$’000

 1

 3,040

3,041

At the end of the reporting period, the cash and cash equivalents of the Group denominated in Renminbi (“RMB”) amounted to 
US$458,000 (2018: US$242,000). The RMB is not freely convertible into other currencies, however, under Mainland China’s Foreign 
Exchange Control Regulations and Administration of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations, the Group 
is permitted to exchange RMB for other currencies through bank authorised to conduct foreign exchange business.

Cash at banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short term time deposits are made for varying 
periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at 
the respective short term time deposit rates. The bank balances and time deposits are deposited with creditworthy banks with no 
recent history of default.

122

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

For the purposes of the statement of cashflows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following at 31 December: The amounts 
disclosed on the Statement of Cash Flows in respect of cash and cash equivalents are in respect of these Statement of Financial 
Position amounts: 

Cash in hand

Bank accounts

Bank overdrafts

Company

Bank accounts

22. CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL
Authorised and issued share capital:

Number:

227,870 (2018: 227,870)

135,385 (2018: 135,385)

Class:

Ordinary

B Ordinary

Nominal value

 £0.10

 £0.10

2019 
$’000

1

6,594

6,595

(93)

6,502

2019
 $’000

–

2019
$’000

44

18

62

2018 
$’000

 1

 3,040

3,041

(207)

2,834

2018
 $’000

–

2018
$’000

44

18

62

Refer to note 12 for details in relation to the shares in issue and their rights.

23. RESERVES

Share premium – Group and Company
This reserve records the amount above the nominal value of the sums received for shares issued, less transaction costs.

At 1 January and 31 December

2019 
$’000

21,628

2018
 $’000

21,628

Share option reserve – Group and Company
The share option reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including 
key management personnel, as part of their remuneration.

At 1 January

Share based payment

2019 
$’000

 647

2,193

 2,840

2018 
$’000

631

 16

 647

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

23. RESERVES CONTINUED

Foreign currency translation reserve – Group
This reserve records the foreign currency translation adjustment on consolidation.

At 1 January

Other comprehensive income

2019 
$’000

1,030

1

1,031

2018
 $’000

1,380

 (350)

 1,030

Foreign currency translation reserve – Company
With regards to the foreign currency translation reserve in the Company, this is in relation to translating the Parent Company’s 
accounts being translated to the presentation currency of US $.

At 1 January

Other comprehensive income

24. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Group

Current:

Trade payables

Amounts owed to related parties

Other payables

Social security and other taxes

Royalties & provisions

Accruals 

2019 
$’000

 569

376

 945

2019
 $’000

5,193

258

280

132

852

3,477

10,192

2018
 $’000

 1,379

 (810)

 569

2018 
$’000

 6,661

675

307

124

865

 2,494

11,126

The trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled on cash-on-delivery or 90-day terms.

Amounts owed to related parties are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand 
(see note 31 for further detail). Derivative liabilities relate to an agreement regarding the issue of options to subscribe for C  
equity shares.

Company

Current:

Tax payable

Amounts owed to subsidiaries

2019 
$’000

55

1,251

1,306

2018 
$’000

-

910

 910

Amounts owed to subsidiaries are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand. 
Derivative liabilities relate to an agreement regarding the issue of options to subscribe for C equity shares.

124

25. FINANCIAL LIABILITIES – BORROWINGS

Group

Current:

Bank overdraft

Invoice discounting

Bank loans

Other loans

Lease liabilities

Non-Current:

Bank loans

Other loans

Lease liabilities

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2019 
$’000

93

2,577

4,228

–

746

4,974

2019 
$’000

12,168

-

483

12,651

2018
$’000

207

1,602

4,337

 42

 685

5,064

2018
$’000

 15,932

 29

 716

 16,677

All non-current borrowings are due in less than five years.

The Group has utilised invoice financing to assist with supplier payments following the acquisition of Twenty20 Limited.

At the balance sheet date the available invoice discounting facility was $3.0m (2018: $3.0m).

The invoice discounting facility bears interest at 1.85% over base rate throughout 2019 (2018: 1.85%).

The invoice discounting facility is secured by way of fixed and floating charges over the trade receivables of INSPECS Limited.  
The facility has no fixed end date, with a notice period of three months.

Included within the Group bank loans are the following:

•  an amount of $21,375,000 relating to a loan payable in quarterly instalments of $1,875,000 up to 30 September 2018 and 

$1,125,000 per quarter form 1 October 2018 onwards. Interest is payable at the applicable Margin Rate plus LIBOR calculated 
daily on a 360-day year basis. The Margin Rate is 2.00%, 2.50% or 3.00% dependent upon the Group’s leverage ratio.

On 30 October 2018, the Group and the principal lender entered into an Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to 
the modification of the bank loan. The facility was increased to $22,500,000 repayable by quarterly instalments of $1,125,000 
commencing 31 December 2018. This arrangement has been replaced by a further arrangement after the balance sheet date,  
see note 36 for details.

An arrangement fee of $261,000 was payable on the amended agreement.

The loan is stated net of unamortised transaction costs amounting to $1,082,000 (2018: $1,328,000).

The loan sits within the books of INSPECS Limited and is therefore translated from US Dollars into the functional currency of that 
entity (being GBP), therefore leading to the exchange adjustment of $715,000 gain (2018: $1,152,000 loss).

The Group’s bank loans and overdrafts are secured against the business assets of the Group. The principal bank loan is secured 
by way of a Group all asset debenture including the company and its UK subsidiaries, and a fixed charge over the Company’s 
shareholding in INSPECS USA LLC.

The Group’s finance lease liabilities are secured against the assets concerned.

The other loans of $nil (2018: $72,000) are unsecured as at the balance sheet date.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

26. RIGHT OF USE ASSETS AND LEASES
The Group has lease contracts for various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. Leases of 
plant & machinery, motor vehicles and leasehold properties generally have lease terms between three and five years. The Group’s 
obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. The Group’s right of use assets are as follows:

 Leasehold
 properties
$’000 

 Plant &
 Machinery
 $’000

 Motor 
 Vehicles
 $’000

 2,425

472

-

57

2,953

1,125

667

-

47

1,839

1,114

 49

-

(12)

1

38

 26

9

(12)

1

24

14

 199

131

(112)

4

221

 82

59

(112)

4

32

189

 Leasehold
 properties
 $’000

 Plant &
 Machinery
 $’000

 Motor 
 Vehicles
 $’000

 2,068

 446

 -

 (89)

 2,425

 567

 596

 -

 (39)

 1,125

 1,300

50

 -

 -

(1)

 49

 17

 10

 -

 (1)

 26

 23

 202

 67

 (59)

 (12)

 199

 85

 64

 (59)

 (9)

 82

 Total
 $’000

 2,673

603

(124)

61

3,213

1,233

736

(124)

51

1,896

1,317

 Total
 $’000

 2,321

 513

 (59)

 (102)

 2,673

 669

 670

 (59)

 (47)

 1,233

 116

 1,439

COST

At 1 January 2019

Additions

End of lease

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

DEPRECIATION

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Eliminated on end of lease

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2019

COST

At 1 January 2018

Additions

End of lease

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2018

DEPRECIATION

At 1 January 2018

Charge for the year

Eliminated on end of lease

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2018

NET BOOK VALUE

At 31 December 2018

126

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities (included under interest bearing loans and borrowings and the 
movements during the period:

At 1 January

Additions

Interest charge

Payments

Exchange adjustment

As at 31 December

Current

Non- current

2019 
$’000

 1,401

678

31

(867)

(14)

1,229

746

483

2018
 $’000

1,618

 513

 59

(740)

 (49)

1,401

 685 

 716

27. CHANGES IN LIABILITIES FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

1 January 
2019
$’000

New 
Loans
$’000

Repayments
$’000

Reclassification 
between 
current and 
non-current
$’000

Amortisation 
of capitalised 
arrangement 
fees
$’000

New 
Leases
$’000

Foreign 
Exchange on 
consolidation
$’000

31 
December 
2019
$’000

Due in one year

Other loans

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

(42)

–

(4,337)

(33)

(685)

–

72

4,733

836

Invoice discounting facility

(1,602)

(975)

Due after one year

Other loans

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from 
financing activities

(29)

–

(15,932)

(595)

(716)

–

(29)

(4,358)

(911)

–

29

4,358

911

–

(286)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(678)

–

53

13

–

–

–

–

–

(4,228)

(746)

(2,577)

–

(12,168)

(483)

–

–

–

–

(23,343)

(1,603)

5,641

–

(286)

(678)

66

(20,202)

Balances at the end of each reporting period are summarised in note 25, with balances above being shown under Interest bearing 
loans and borrowings on the balance sheet.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

27. CHANGES IN LIABILITIES FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES CONTINUED

1 January 
2018
$’000

New 
Loans
$’000

Repayments
$’000

Reclassification 
between 
current and 
non-current
$’000

Addition of 
arrangement 
fees, net of 
amortisation
$’000

New 
Leases
$’000

Foreign 
Exchange on 
consolidation
$’000

31 
December 
2018
$’000

Due in one year

Other loans

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

(713)

–

(21,711)

(3,750)

(584)

–

709

5,468

681

Invoice discounting facility

(1,461)

(141)

Due after one year

Other loans

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from 
financing activities

(76)

(663)

(1,034)

–

–

–

(47)

15,269

(831)

–

47

(15,269)

831

–

462

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(513)

8

(42)

(75)

(4,337)

49

–

–

–

–

(685)

(1,602)

(29)

(15,932)

(716)

–

–

–

–

(26,241)

(3,891)

6,858

–

462

(513)

(18)

(23,343)

Balances at the end of each reporting period are summarised in note 25, with balances above being shown under Interest 
bearing loans and borrowings on the balance sheet. Movement in bank loans from balances due in one year, to balances due 
after one year is as a result of refinancing the bank, which provided an increased facility as well as an extended repayment 
schedule. Balances were classified as due in one year within the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2017 
following a breach of a loan covenant.

28. DEFERRED TAX

On 1 January 2019

Credit/ (Charge) for the year:

Share based payment

Utilisation of losses

Other

Deferred tax credit to profit and loss

Deferred tax credit to share option reserve

Exchange adjustment

On 31 December 2019

Deferred tax asset
$’000

Deferred tax liability
$’000

1,025

(2,886)

536

(523)

–

13

158

25

1,221

–

–

30

30

–

(62)

(2,917)

Total
$’000

(1,861)

536

(523)

30

43

158

(37) 

(1,696)

128

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

On 1 January 2018

Credit/ (Charge) for the year:

Share based payment

Losses carried forward

Utilisation of losses

Other

Deferred tax credit to profit and loss

Exchange adjustment

On 31 December 2018

Deferred tax asset
$’000

Deferred tax liability
$’000

499

 (3,025)

56

546

 (37)

(5)

559

(33)

1,025

–

–

–

32

32

108

(2,886)

Total
$’000

 (2,526)

56

546

 (37)

27

591 

75

(1,861)

In addition to the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised, the Group has tax losses that arose in a subsidiary of $1,145,000 (2018: 
$1,109,000) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable profits of the company in which the losses arose.

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in respect of these losses as these losses may not be used to offset against taxable 
profits elsewhere in the Group and there is no evidence of these losses being utilised by the subsidiary in the future. If the Group 
were able to recognise all unrecognised deferred tax assets, the profit would increase by $187,000 (2018: $219,000).

29. DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES
On 9 February 2017 102,885 ‘B’ Ordinary Shares and the C-share option were issued to private equity investors in return for an 
investment of $19.5 million into the Company.

The C-share option is exercisable upon (i) the completion of a relevant exit event, including an initial public offering; and (ii) 
cumulative returns to the private equity investors on their B Ordinary shares being below a minimum return amount prescribed in 
the option agreement. The minimum net return amount increases incrementally each year up to the ninth anniversary of the date 
of issue of the C-share option. Upon exercise of the option up from nil to 30,000 C Ordinary Shares may be issued, dependent 
on the actual return amount to B Ordinary Shares held by the private equity investors at the date of the relevant exit event. In the 
event that the minimum return is met at the date of the exit event, the C-share option would lapse and not become exercisable. 
For the two years ended December 2018, there was a further condition, whereby achievement of a threshold amount of earnings 
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation profit would have resulted in lapsing of the option, however this condition was 
not met. The C-share option is considered to meet the definition of a derivative over the Group’s own equity instruments. It is 
recognised as a financial liability measured at fair value through profit or loss due to the variable number of C Ordinary Shares  
that could be issued. Valuations are undertaken at each period end, with the movement in fair value taken to profit or loss.

As at:

Date of valuation

31 December 2019

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

31 December 2018

Fair value measurement using

Quoted prices 
in active 
markets 
 (Level 1)
$

–

–

Significant  
observable 
inputs  

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs  

(Level 2)
$

–

–

(Level 3)
$

3,536,000

6,296,000

Total
$

3,536,000

6,296,000

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

29. DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES CONTINUED
In determining the fair value of the derivative, the Directors engaged external valuation specialists, however the Directors are 
ultimately responsible for the values recorded for the derivative liability. Valuations were determined using a Monte Carlo model. 
The valuation includes reference to grant date valuation and performance of the Group subsequently, as well as valuation at the 
end date of the arrangement (enterprise value). Assumptions have been used in preparing this valuation which contain estimations 
of the expected date of vesting and exercise of the option, equity volatility using comparable listed peers, and enterprise value 
of the Group (where enterprise value is the sum of the Company’s equity value and borrowings less cash balances). The valuation 
is most sensitive to the assumption of the Group’s enterprise value. The sensitivity of the C-share option value to changes in 
enterprise value is summarised as follows:

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Movement in enterprise value
%

in derivative valuation
$

Movement in enterprise value
%

Increase/(decrease)  

Increase/(decrease)  

in derivative valuation
$

+20

+10

-10

-20

(3,123,000)

(2,104,000)

2,581,000

3,584,000

+20

+10

-10

-20

(670,000)

(38,000)

(447,000)

(1,205,000)

An increase in enterprise value decreases the value of the derivative due to the reduced chance of the options exercising. Likewise, a 
decrease in the enterprise value increases the chance of the option exercising and therefore increases the valuation of the derivative.

30. TAX PAYABLE

Corporation tax payable

Uncertain tax liabilities

2019
 $

377

2,235

2,612

2018 
$

529

1,774

2,303

The Group has identified it is exposed to uncertain tax positions in relation to tax authorities challenging that local subsidiaries  
are not being remunerated under historical transfer pricing arrangements or that the Group has created a taxable presence and 
asset taxing rights over profits they consider to be allocable in the given territory. The Group considers that it is probable that 
these uncertain tax positions will result in a future outflow of funds to one or more local tax authorities and has recognised current 
tax liabilities for these uncertainties, as set out below: 

Acquired on acquisition of subsidiary

Charge during the year

As at 31 December 2017

Charge during the year

As at 31 December 2018

Charge during the year

As at 31 December 2019

130

$

1,074

270

1,344

430

1,774

461

2,235

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Due to the range of potential outcomes that the Directors have identified, these liabilities have been measured using 
an expected value methodology. Key assumptions underpinning the expected value calculations, in addition to relative 
probabilities of such tax liabilities crystallising in one or more of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates, are (i) the tax 
periods over which tax authorities would seek to challenge the Group’s transfer pricing or tax domicile arrangements; and 
(ii) the quantum of interest and penalties that would be applicable in the event that the Group was found to be liable for tax 
amounts by one or more tax authorities.

It is reasonably possible, on the basis of the Directors’ existing knowledge, that different outcomes to the assumptions set out 
above, within the next financial year, could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the uncertain tax liabilities.

The Group plans to perform a more detailed review of its international tax arrangements, both historically and prospectively, that 
is expected to conclude in 2020. However, the Directors, on the basis of their existing knowledge, do not expect the outcome of 
this exercise to be materially different to the liability recognised, except for an incremental increase in the uncertain tax liability 
solely due to the passage of time. In the eventuality that any outcome is concluded at the higher end of the outflow range, then 
the Company would implement mitigating actions.

31. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Company’s UK subsidiary Algha Group Limited (registered number 03240950) has taken advantage of the audit exemption 
under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 31 December 2019. Consequently, the Company has provided 
the statutory guarantee in relation to the subsidiary’s liabilities. The third-party liabilities of the subsidiary at 31 December 2019 
amounted to $295,000 (2018: $666,000).

32. ULTIMATE CONTROLLING PARTY
Throughout the year and as at the balance sheet date, the directors consider R B C Totterman to be the ultimate controlling party. 
Since the balance sheet date, a share for share exchange has occurred with INSPECS Group plc, which has since listed on the 
AIM market of the London Stock Exchange (see note 36). As a result, the Ultimate Controlling Party is governed by those with a 
significant shareholding (see shareholders with ownership exceeding 3% as shown in the Directors’ Report). 

33. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
The Group has taken advantage of the exemption, not to disclose related party transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries within 
the Group. Note 17 provides information about the Group’s structure, including details of the subsidiaries. Below are transactions 
and balances with related parties that are not owned.

a) Farleigh Travel Limited
A Director of the company, Mr R Totterman, is also a shareholder and director of Farleigh Travel Limited, a company incorporated 
in England & Wales. On 31 December 2019 the company was owed $1,000 (2018: $1,000) in respect of the above. This loan is 
interest free and is repayable on demand.

b) Kelso Place LLP
Mr R Totterman and Mr M Totterman are the designated members of Kelso Place LLP. During the year the Company incurred 
expenditure of $nil (2018: $14,000) on behalf of Kelso Place LLP. During the year Kelso Place LLP charged INSPECS Limited 
$160,000 (2018: $161,000) as rent. At the year end the company owed Kelso Place LLP $247,000 (2018: $676,000) in respect of the 
above.

c) Nano Tech Inc Limited
Mr R Totterman is the controlling shareholder of Nano Tech Inc Limited. On 31 December 2019 the Company was owed $nil (2018: 
$17,000) in respect of the above Company. This loan is interest free and is repayable on demand and is shown within other debtors.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

33. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

d) Thorne Lancaster Parker
Mr C D Kay, a Director of the Company is also a partner in Thorne Lancaster Parker. During the year the partnership charged 
INSPECS Limited $201,000 (2018: $56,000) in respect of professional services provided. On 31 December 2019, the Company owed 
Thorne Lancaster Parker $11,000 (2018: $3,000) in respect of the above and this is shown within trade creditors.

e) Key management personnel
The key management personnel of INSPECS Holdings Limited at 31 December 2019 are R B C Totterman, M R A L Lefebvre and C 
D Kay. The total employee benefits payable in the period were $217,000 (2018: $181,000), $792,000 (2018: $746,000) and $138,000 
(2018: $77,000) respectively. In addition, share based payment charges totalled $539,000 in relation to these individuals.

f) Directors
J J Brade is a member of Harwood Capital IV LLP which charged the Group monitoring fees of $23,000 (2018: $32,000) during 
the year. No balance was outstanding at 31 December 2019 (2018: $Nil). C M J Hancock is a partner of Farm Street Partners 
which charged the Group monitoring fees of $15,000 (2018: $9,000) during the year. No balance was outstanding at 31 December 
2019 (2018: $Nil). N P D Winks is a member of Way Point Change LLP which charged the Group monitoring fees of $11,000 (2018: 
$18,000) during the year. $nil (2018: $2,000) was outstanding at the year end.

34. SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
Certain employees of the Group have been granted options over the shares in INSPECS Holdings Limited. The options are 
granted with a fixed exercise price, are exercisable between one and ten years after the date of grant.

Except for the options granted on 1 February 2017, all other options granted to employees require the employees to remain in 
employment with the Group until the options become exercisable.

In relation to the options granted on 1 February 2017, these options were granted to a Director of the Company and there were no 
exercise conditions applying to the option. The options will lapse on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. 

The Company recognises a share-based payment expense based on the fair value of the awards granted, and an equivalent 
credit directly in equity to share option reserve. On exercise of the shares by the employees, the Company is charged the intrinsic 
value of the shares by INSPECS Holdings Limited and this amount is treated as a reduction of the capital contribution, and it is 
recognised directly in equity.

Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

Grant date

26 October 2012

31 March 2014

08 January 2017

01 February 2017

10 May 2019

11 October 2019

12 December 2019

Expiry date

26 October 2022

31 March 2024

08 January 2027

01 February 2027

27 February 2020

Between 27 February 2020  

and 1 July 2022

27 February 2020

 Exercise price  
per option $

 Number of  

Share options

4.47

4.49

4.21

0.13

175.00

175.00

175.00

5,175

17,300

1,380

13,000

13,770 

8,040

300

The option weighted average exercise price is $67.46 per share. Options were valued at the date of grant.

132

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The expense recognised for employee services received during the year is shown in the following table:

Expense arising from equity-settled share based payment transactions

Total expenses arising from share based payment transactions

2019 
$’000

1,917

1,917

2018
$’000

15

15

Movements during the year
The following tables illustrates the number and weighted average exercise price (“WAEP”) of and movements in share options 
during the year:

At 1 January

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

As at 31 December

WAEP

At 1 January

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

As at 31 December

2019
Number

36,855

22,570

(460)

58,965

2019 
$

2.94

65.88

(1.37)

67.46

2018
Number

36,855

–

–

36,855

2018 
$

2.94

–

–

2.94

The following table lists the inputs to the models used for the valuation of the options issued during the year.

Number of options granted

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility

Risk free interest rate

Exercise price

Ordinary Share price

Expected life of share options/ SARs (years)

Options granted 
10 May 2019

Options granted 
11 October 2019

Options granted 
12 December 2019

14,230

 1.5%

32.4%

 2.37%

$175.00

$303.09

1 year

8,040

1.0%

30.0%

1.69%

$175.00

$310.00

1-3 years

300

1.0%

31.5%

1.55%

$175.00

$371.19

1 year

Model used

 Black Scholes option analysis

The determination of the risk-free interest rate has been based on the US Sovereign Curve for each grant made during 2019. 

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

35. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The financial assets of the Group comprise trade receivables, deposits and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents which 
are categorised as financial assets at amortised cost. The carrying amounts of these financial assets are the amounts shown on the 
consolidated statement of financial position or in the corresponding notes to financial statements.

The financial liabilities of the Group comprise trade payables, bank loans, other loans, financial liabilities included in other 
payables and accruals, and lease liabilities which are categorised as financial liabilities at amortised cost. The carrying amounts of 
these financial liabilities are the amounts shown on the consolidated statement of financial position or in the corresponding notes 
to financial statements.

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amounts at which the instruments could be exchanged 
in current transactions between willing parties, other than in forced or liquidation sale transactions. At the end of the reporting 
period, the carrying amounts of the financial assets and financial liabilities of the Group approximated to their fair values.

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise of cash and cash equivalents, bank loans and other loans. The main purpose 
of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has various other financial assets and 
liabilities such as trade receivables and trade payables, which arise directly from its operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk arises in the 
normal course of its business. The Board of Directors reviews and agrees policies to analyse and formulae measures to manage 
each of these risks which are summarised below.

Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-
term debt obligations with floating interest rates.

Interest rate sensitivity
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and 
borrowings affected. With all other variables held constant, the Group’s profit before tax is affected through the impact on 
floating rate borrowings, as follows based on the outstanding loan to the bank as at 31 December 2019:

2019

US Dollar

2018

US Dollar

Loan balance
 $

Increase/decrease  

in basis points

Effect of profit  
before tax 
$

16,875,000

50 BP

84,000

21,375,000

50 BP

102,000

Foreign currency risk 
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in foreign 
exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating 
activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a foreign currency) and the Group’s net investments in foreign subsidiaries.

The Group manages its foreign currency risk by selling and buying in the same currencies where possible but does not enter into 
any hedging transactions or derivatives. The ability of the Group to organise its sales and purchases in similar currencies allows a 
natural hedge in some circumstances against currency fluctuations.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity at the end of the reporting period to a reasonable possible change in the Pound 
Sterling (GBP), Chinese Renminbi (RMB) and Macau Pataca (MOP) exchange rates, with all other variables held constant, of the 
Group’s profit before tax (due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets and liabilities). These currencies have been selected 
for sensitivity analysis as they represent the local currencies covering the majority of the trading locations of the Group. There is no 
impact on the Group’s equity except on the retained profits.

134

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2019

If the US$ weakens against the RMB

If the US$ strengthens against the RMB

If the US$ weakens against the MOP

If the US$ strengthens against the MOP

Increase/(decrease)  
in exchange rate 
%

Increase/(decrease)  
in profit before tax 
$

 5

 (5)

 5

 (5)

(36,000)

36,000

(446,000)

446,000

The Group holds a USD denominated loan within an entity with a GBP functional currency. This therefore derives an exchange 
adjustment on borrowings which passes through the P&L. If the US$ weakens against the GBP by 5%, this would lead to a decrease 
in profit before tax of $816,000.

Credit risk
The Group trades only with related companies and third parties who have been assessed via a Dunn and Bradstreet credit check. 
Receivables balances are monitored on an ongoing basis and the Group’s history of credit losses of trade receivables are not 
significant. The credit risk of the Group’s other financial assets arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure 
equal to the carrying amounts of these financial assets. 

The Group maintains regular control over its trade receivables and normal terms are between 30 and 60 days across the Group. 
The percentage of debtors outside of these terms is shown in the analysis below.

Trade receivables

Current

Past due 1-30 days

Past due 31-60 days

Past due 61+ days

Total 

Percentage over terms

2019 
$’000

8,115

1,254

158

288

9,815

17%

2018 
$’000

Increase/(decrease) 
$’000

8,034

3,416

464

291

12,205

34%

81

(2,162)

(306)

(3)

(2,390)

Raw material costs
The Group subcontracts with third party suppliers on fixed terms and thus any immediate commodity risk is mitigated in the short 
term on these transactions. On the Group’s own manufactured products, raw materials in 2019 accounted for 43% of cost of sales 
(2018: 43%). As a result, increases in raw material costs have a limited effect on the overall cost of sales. Over the long term, the 
Group can also mitigate the loss of any margins through an increase in its selling price.

Cash deposits
The Group invests its excess cash in either weekly or monthly deposits with either HSBC or OCBC. The Group considers these 
deposits to carry a very low risk and typically return an interest rate of around 1.5%.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

135

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2019

35. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

Liquidity risk
For the management of the liquidity risk, the Group monitors and maintains a sufficient level of cash and bank balances deemed 
adequate by management, along with utilising an invoice discounting facility, to finance the Group’s operations and mitigate the 
effects of fluctuation in cash flows. Management reviews and monitors its working capital requirements regularly.

The Group reviews on a monthly basis the cash generation and the requirement for capital repayments on the bank loan in its 
detailed working capital model to ensure sufficient liquidity for operating purposes across the Group.

The table below summarises the gross undiscounted cashflows of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities:

Bank overdrafts (including  
invoice discounting facility)

Interest bearing loans and  
borrowings (excluding items below)

Lease liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Less than 1 year 
$’000

1 to 2 years 
$’000

2 to 5 years 
$’000

2,670

4,536

838

476

10,192

–

4,536

418

–

–

–

8,418

87

–

–

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s derivative financial liabilities:

Derivative liability relating to options  
to subscribe for C equity shares

3,536

–

–

Less than 1 year 
$’000

1 to 5 years 
$’000

2 to 5 years 
$’000

Total 
$’000

2,670

17,490

1,343

476

10,192

Total 
$’000

3,536

Capital risk management
The Group’s capital management objectives are:

•  To ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and 

benefits for other stakeholders; and

•  To provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurate with the level of risk.

To meet these objectives, the Group reviews the budgets and forecasts on a regular basis to ensure there is sufficient capital to 
meet the needs of the Group.

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. 
Since the balance sheet date, the Parent Company of the Group has been admitted onto the London Stock Exchange, which 
resulted in a share issue and funds therefore being raised (see note 36). All working capital requirements are financed from  
existing cash resources and borrowing.

The loan covenant ratios achieved by the Group, and required by the bank, as at the end of each year were as follows:

Leverage

Debt service cover

Interest cover

2019

2018

Actual

0.8

2.1

12.1

Required

Below 2.0

Above 1.1

Above 5.0

Actual

1.6

1.1

12.7

Required

Below 2.0

Above 1.1

Above 5.0

136

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

36. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS 
Since the balance sheet date, but before these financial statements were approved the following have occurred, which are material 
in nature:

•  On 25 April 2019, INSPECS Group Limited was incorporated (company number 11963910). with an issued share capital of £1.00. 
On the 21 November 2019 the share was subdivided into 100 shares of 10 pence each. On the 14 January 2020 the Company 
was re-registered as INSPECS Group PLC and in a share for share exchange on that date acquired the entire share capital of 
INSPECS Holdings. The financial statements of INSPECS Group PLC are shown in appendix 1.

•  On 27 February 2020 INSPECS Group PLC was admitted to the London Aim market and raised $30m of primary funds pre-IPO 
expenses. On that date the Group entered into a new multi-currency RCF facility with HSBC allowing it to drawdown up to 
$25m. At the date of this report, the Group has drawn $17m and has undrawn facilities of $8m.

•  On 16 January 2020, the C-share Option shares was modified through a revised agreement between the Company and the 
holders of the Options, whereby the number of C Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon exercise is dependent on the 
valuation of the Group at the point of its admission to the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange. The agreement set out 
that up to 30,000 C Ordinary Shares may be issued at the point of an exercise of the option, dependent on the share price 
achieved upon admission. In the event that the Company did not admit to AIM by 31 March 2020, the revised agreement would 
lapse, with the original C Option arrangement returning to force. The Group was admitted to the AIM market in advance of this 
date, with 1,671,157 C Ordinary Shares being issued due to the share price achieved.

•  Since the year end the Group has been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, such that many of its customers’ retail outlets 
around the globe are closed. The Group has therefore suffered a reduction in trading in March and April 2020. The Group’s 
primary concern has been the safety of its employees internationally and the safety of its manufacturing facilities. COVID-19 
initially affected production in China with the Torkai factory closed for two weeks. Both our major manufacturing plants in 
China and Vietnam are operating at a reduced level as many of the distribution hubs of the major global chains and many 
retail outlets are closed.

•  The Group has taken steps to conserve cash and reduce operating costs and has implemented a four-day working week, 

amongst other cost and operational savings. The Board has reduced its salaries and the executive team has reduced its salary 
costs by 60%. The Group has continued to produce inventory for confirmed orders so that shipments can begin as and when 
distribution hubs reopen.

•  The Directors have concluded that COVID-19 is a non-adjusting post balance sheet event but have considered what the impact 
of the pandemic could be on the balances in the balance sheet at the year-end. Upon review, the only balance that could be 
impacted by a deterioration in future performance and the drop in trading in March and April is goodwill. It is not possible to 
quantify the impact of COVID-19 on goodwill at the date of signing the financial statements.

•  The Group has carried out stress testing as a result of COVID-19 as described in the accounting policies note (see note 2) to 

enable the Directors to conclude that the Group can continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX 1

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
for the period ended 31 December 2019

The Directors present their report with the financial statements of INSPECS Group PLC (previously INSPECS Group Limited) for the 
period ended 31 December 2019.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union, and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The Company was incorporated but did not trade during the period. Since the period end, the Company has become the ultimate 
parent undertaking of INSPECS Holdings Limited (see note 5). No dividends will be distributed for the period ended 31 December 
2019 as there are no distributable reserves.

DIRECTORS
The Directors shown below have held office during the period from incorporation on 25 April 2019 to the date of this report,  
or as otherwise noted: 

R B C Totterman (appointed 21 November 2019) 
C D Kay (appointed 10 January 2020) 
C M J Hancock (appointed 10 January 2020) 
Lord I C Maclaurin (appointed 10 January 2020) 
R C Peck (appointed 10 January 2020) 
B R Ally (resigned 21 November 2019)

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Events which have occurred since the balance sheet date, but that are considered material to the users of these financial 
statements, have been included within note 5.

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Group Strategic Report, the Report of the Directors and the financial statements  
in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
elected to prepare the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company and the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 
In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 

continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s and 
the Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the company and the Group 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities. 

138

STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006) 
of which the Group’s auditors are unaware, and each Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditors are aware of  
that information. 

AUDITORS
EY have indicated their willingness to be re-appointed for another term and appropriate arrangements have been put in place for 
them to be deemed reappointed as auditors in the absence of an Annual General Meeting.

On behalf of the board:

C D Kay
Director 
12 May 2020

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

139

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX 1 CONTINUED

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF INSPECS GROUP PLC 
(PREVIOUSLY INSPECS GROUP LIMITED)

OPINION
We have audited the financial statements of INSPECS Group PLC (previously INSPECS Group Limited) for the period ended 31 
December 2019 which comprise the Balance Sheet and the related notes 1 to 5, including a summary of significant accounting 
policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

In our opinion, the financial statements: 

•  give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of its result for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

BASIS FOR OPINION 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report below. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that 
are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

EMPHASIS OF MATTER – EFFECTS OF COVID-19
We draw attention to Note 5, which notes that INSPECS Group plc has become the Parent Company of INSPECS Holdings Ltd 
in a share for share exchange and is the listed entity on the Alternative Investment Market. We draw attention to note 2 of the 
INSPECS Holdings financial statements, which describes the economic and social consequences the Company is facing as a result 
of COVID-19 which is impacting supply chains, consumer demand and personnel being able to access offices. Our opinion is not 
modified in respect of this matter.

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where:

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least 12 months from 
the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

OTHER INFORMATION 
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

140

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

•  the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have 
not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

•  the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 70, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the Directors either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed. 

John Howarth (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Bristol

12 May 2020

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

141

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX 1 CONTINUED

INSPECS GROUP PLC (REGISTERED NUMBER: 11963910)

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As at 31 December 2019

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

TOTAL ASSETS

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Called up share capital

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Notes

2019 
£

3

4

1

1

1

1

No income statement movements occurred between the incorporation of the Company and the balance sheet date. As such, no 
Income Statement is presented.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 May 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

R B C Totterman  
Director 

C D Kay
Director

The notes on pages 91 to 137 following form part of these financial statements

142

>
O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

>
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

>
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

>
F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

>
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As at 31 December 2019

1. GENERAL INFORMATION
INSPECS Group PLC, previously INSPECS Group Limited as at the balance sheet date, is incorporated in England and Wales. 
The address of the Company’s principal place of business is 7-10 Kelso Place, Upper Bristol Road, Bath BA1 3AU.

The principal activity of the Company is that of a holding company. 

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union, and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

INSPECS Group PLC was incorporated for the purpose of initial public offering (IPO) of the INSPECS Group onto the AIM market 
of the London Stock Exchange. The share for share exchange of the share capital of INSPECS Holdings Limited occurred after 
the balance sheet date (see note 5) and therefore the financial position of the incorporated company as at 31 December 2019 
is presented.

Taking account of the dynamic situation unfolding with COVID-19, the Directors have adopted the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have taken into account the post balance sheet  
events as disclosed in note 5.

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash in hand

4. CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL
Authorised and issued share capital as at the balance sheet date:

Number:

100

Class:

Ordinary

Nominal value

£0.10

2019  

£

1

2019  

£

1

5. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Since the balance sheet date, but before these financial statements were approved the following have occurred, which are material 
in nature:

•  On the 14 January 2020 the Company was re-registered from INSPECS Group Limited to INSPECS Group PLC and in a share 

for share exchange on that date acquired the entire share capital of INSPECS Holdings Limited.

•  On the 27 February 2020 INSPECS Group PLC was admitted to the London Aim market and raised $30m of primary funds  

pre-IPO expenses.

•  The COVID-19 pandemic is a non adjusting post balance sheet event for the Company. As a result of the share for share 

exchange this Company became the holding Company of the INSPECS Holdings Group after the year-end. Therefore the 
impact of COVID-19 on this Group as disclosed in note 2 of the INSPECS Holdings Limited financial statements is relevant to the 
assessment of this Company as a going concern.

INSPECS  Annual Report & Accounts 2019

143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY INFORMATION AND ADVISERS

REGISTRARS
Equiniti, 
Aspect House, 
Spencer Road, 
Lancing BN99 6DA.

FOR INVESTOR RELATIONS 
ENQUIRIES PLEASE CONTACT:
investor.relations@inspecs.com

FOR ENQUIRIES PLEASE CONTACT 
FTI CONSULTING:
Alex Beagley, James Styles, Fern Duncan 
on 0203 727 1000 or  
inspecs@fticonsulting.com.

REGISTERED OFFICE
INSPECS Group PLC, 
7-10 Kelso Place 
Upper Bristol Road, 
Bath BA1 3AU.

NOMINATED ADVISER AND  
BROKER TO THE COMPANY
Peel Hunt LLP, 
120 London Wall, 
London EC2Y 5ET.

LEGAL ADVISERS TO  
THE COMPANY
Macfarlanes LLP, 
20 Cursitor Street, 
London EC4 1LT.

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP, 
The Paragon Counterslip, 
Bristol BS1 6BX.

annual report 2019

inspecs.com/annualreport2019

144